[gnome-user-docs] l10n: Update Japanese translation



commit 23a61f689df84512109dbf86f60d7f854732d3f7
Author: Jiro Matsuzawa <jmatsuzawa gnome org>
Date:   Thu Jun 13 22:08:33 2013 +0900

    l10n: Update Japanese translation
    
    Merge the latest pot.

 gnome-help/ja/ja.po | 5889 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------
 1 files changed, 5238 insertions(+), 651 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/ja/ja.po b/gnome-help/ja/ja.po
index 0026a1c..c833d21 100644
--- a/gnome-help/ja/ja.po
+++ b/gnome-help/ja/ja.po
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-26 23:45+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-02 02:22+0900\n"
-"Last-Translator: Shushi Kurose <md81bird hitaki net>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-13 22:02+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-13 22:05+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jiro Matsuzawa <jmatsuzawa gnome org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Japanese <gnome-translation gnome gr jp>\n"
 "Language: ja\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -19,9 +19,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
 
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
 msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
 msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
 
+#. (itstool) path: license/p
 msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
 msgstr "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
 
@@ -35,125 +37,168 @@ msgstr ""
 "Shushi Kurose <md81bird hitaki net>, 2012\n"
 "日本GNOMEユーザー会 <http://www.gnome.gr.jp/>, 2011, 2012"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Shaun McCance"
 msgstr "Shaun McCance"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Phil Bull"
 msgstr "Phil Bull"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Michael Hill"
 msgstr "Michael Hill"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
 msgstr "同じキーをすばやく押した場合は無視します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
 msgstr "バウンスキーを有効にする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you 
have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you 
should turn on bounce keys."
 msgstr "<em>バウンスキー</em>を有効にすると、繰り返し押してしまったキー入力を無視します。たとえば、1 
度だけキーを押したいのに手が震えて何度もキーを押してしまう場合、バウンスキーの機能を有効にすることをお勧めします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
 msgstr "<gui>バウンスキー</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
 msgstr "バウンスキーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える"
 
-msgid "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>."
+msgid "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one 
or more settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
 msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>バウンスキー</gui>を選択すると、バウンスキーのオン/オフを切り替えられます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers 
another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> 
if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after 
the previous key press."
 msgstr "<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>のスライダーを使って、1 
度目のキー押下から2度目のキー押下が入力として認識されるまでの時間を設定してください。キー押下が早過ぎてキー入力が無視される度に音を鳴らしたい場合は、「<gui>キー入力が拒否されたらビープ音を鳴らす</gui>」をオンにしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
 msgstr "点字ディスプレイで <app>Orca</app> スクリーンリーダーを使います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Read screen in Braille"
 msgstr "点字で画面を読む"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable 
Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link 
href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for 
more information."
 msgstr "GNOME には <app>Orca</app> というスクリーンリーダーがあり、画面のユーザーインターフェースを点字ディスプレイに表示することができます。GNOME 
のインストール方法によっては、Orca がインストールされていないこともあります。<link href=\"install:orca\">Orca をインストールして</link>、詳細について<link 
href=\"help:orca\">Orca のヘルプ</link> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see."
 msgstr "画面上のウィンドウやボタンのあざやかさを強めて (または弱めて) 見やすくします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Adjust the contrast"
 msgstr "コントラストを調節する"
 
-msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the 
same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of 
the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the 
same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of 
the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the 
same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
 msgstr "ウィンドウやボタンは、コントラストを調節することで、より見やすくなります。これは、<link 
xref=\"display-dimscreen\">画面全体の明るさを変える</link>ことではありません。<em>ユーザーインターフェース</em>の一部分だけを変更します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High 
Contrast</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ハイコントラスト</gui>を選択すると、コントラストを簡単に変更できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
 msgstr "ホバークリック (自動クリック) の機能を使い、マウスを静止させることによりクリック動作を行う。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
 msgstr "ホバーリングでクリックを代替する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. 
This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called 
Hover Click or Dwell Click."
 msgstr 
"画面上のコントロールや対象物の上にマウスポインターをホバーリングすることで、簡単にクリックやドラッグ操作ができます。マウスを動かしつつ同時にクリックすることが困難であれば、これは役立ちます。この機能は、ホバークリックあるいは自動クリックと呼ばれています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and 
then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
 msgstr "ホバークリックを有効にすれば、対象物の上にマウスポインターを移動させ、マウスから手を離してしばらく待つことで、ボタンをクリックすることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
 msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can 
use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary 
Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be 
automatically returned to clicking."
 msgstr 
"<gui>ホバークリック</gui>のウィンドウが開き、他のウィンドウよりも前面に配置されます。これは、ホバーリングしたときにどの種別のクリックを実行するかを選ぶのに使用します。たとえば<gui>副ボタンのクリック</gui>を選ぶと、ホバーリングで右クリック動作が行われます。ダブルクリック、右クリック、またはドラッグを実行したあとは、自動的にただのクリック動作に戻ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. 
When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
 msgstr "マウスポインターをボタンの上にホバーリングしてそのまま動かさずにいると、ポインターの色が徐々に変わっていきます。ポインター全体の色が変わったタイミングで、ボタンがクリックされます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still 
before clicking."
 msgstr "<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>を調節して、クリックするのに必要となるマウスポインターの静止時間を設定してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to 
move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not 
happen."
 msgstr "ホバークリックをするためにマウスを完璧に静止させる必要はありません。ポインターは少しなら動いてもかまわず、しばらくすればクリックされます。しかし、大きく動きすぎた場合はクリックされません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be 
considered to be hovering."
 msgstr "<gui>ジェスチャーのしきい値</gui>を調節して、ホバーリングと認識されるのに動かしてもよい程度を設定してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
 msgstr "より大きなフォントを使い、文字を読みやすくします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change text size on the screen"
 msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font."
 msgstr "画面の文字が読み取りにくいときは、フォントサイズを変更できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link 
xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>大きな文字</gui>を選択すると、文字の大きさを簡単に変更できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "アプリケーションの多くは、任意のタイミングで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> 
を押して文字サイズを拡大できます。小さくするには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -162,887 +207,1220 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
 msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
 msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはトップバーの人型アイコンからアクセスできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Find the universal access menu"
 msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはどこにありますか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can 
find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
 msgstr 
"<em>ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</em>から、さまざまなアクセシビリティ設定を切り替えることができます。このメニューを開くには、トップバーにある円でかこまれた人型のアイコンをクリックしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
 msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
 msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはトップバーにあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A 
white line will appear underneath the <gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar 
is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon 
and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the 
menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
 msgstr "マウスを使わずにキーボードからこのメニューを開くには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
を押して、トップバーにキーボードのフォーカスをあてます。<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンの下に白線が表示されます。この線はトップバーのどの項目が選択されているかを示しています。キーボードの矢印キーを使い、白線をユニバーサルアクセスメニューのアイコンまで移動させ、そこで
 <key>Enter</key> を押してメニューを開きます。上下方向の矢印キーでメニューの各項目を選びます。<key>Enter</key> を押すと、選んだ項目のオン/オフが切り替わります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
 msgstr "画面を拡大表示して見やすくします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Magnify the screen area"
 msgstr "画面を拡大表示する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text 
size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on 
parts of the screen."
 msgstr "画面を拡大表示することは、<link 
xref=\"a11y-font-size\">文字のサイズ</link>をただ大きくするだけではありません。これは、ルーペを使って画面を見るような機能であり、画面の一部にズームインして画面上を移動できようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
 msgstr "<gui>ズーム</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut keys, which can be set in the 
<gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the 
<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will 
move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
 msgstr "これで画面上を移動できるようになります。画面の端へマウスを動かすことで拡大した領域が様々な方向へ移動し、お好みの場所を表示することができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ズーム</gui>を選択すると、ズームのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view 
on the screen. To adjust these, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. To switch them on and 
adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the 
<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and 
greyscale options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, 
any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Click the 
<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Universal access"
 msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセス"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and 
special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed 
from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
 msgstr "GNOME 
デスクトップは、さまざまな障害や特殊なニーズを持つユーザーをサポートし、一般的な支援機器と連携して動作する支援技術が備わっています。多くのアクセシビリティ機能は、トップバーのアクセシビリティメニューから操作できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Visual impairments"
 msgstr "視覚障害"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Blindness"
 msgstr "盲"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Low vision"
 msgstr "ロービジョン"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Color-blindness"
 msgstr "色弱"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Other topics"
 msgstr "その他のトピック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Hearing impairments"
 msgstr "聴覚障害"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Mobility impairments"
 msgstr "運動障害"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Mouse movement"
 msgstr "マウス操作"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Clicking and dragging"
 msgstr "クリックとドラッグ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Keyboard use"
 msgstr "キーボードの使用"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
 msgid "2012"
 msgstr "2012"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
 msgstr "マウスの左ボタンを長押しすることによって右クリック動作を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
 msgstr "右クリックを代替する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to 
move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button."
 msgstr "マウスの左ボタンを押したままにすることで、右クリック操作を行うことができます。片手で複数の指を別々に動かすのが困難であったり、特殊なマウスを使っていたりする場合に、この機能は役立ちます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
 msgstr "<gui>副ボタンのクリックの代替</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right 
click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under 
<gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
 msgstr 
"右クリックと認識されるまでに左ボタンを押しつづける必要のある間隔を設定できます。<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</gui>タブの<gui>副ボタンのクリックの代替</gui>の設定項目の<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>を変更してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would 
normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once 
it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click."
 msgstr 
"副ボタンのクリックの代替によって右クリック操作を行うには、通常右クリックしたい位置でマウスの左ボタンを押したままにし、それからボタンを離します。左マウスボタンを押したままにすると、ポインターが青色に変わっていきます。ポインター全体が青色になってからマウスボタンを離すと右クリック動作が行われます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated 
secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer."
 msgstr "サイズ変更時のポインターなど、特殊なポインターによっては色が変わらないことがあります。ポインターが反応していないように見えても、通常どおり副ボタンのクリックの代替を行えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by 
holding down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">マウスキー</link>を使用している場合は、キーパッドの <key>5</key> キーを押したままにすることで、右クリックできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with 
this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the 
button to right-click."
 msgstr 
"<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面では、この機能を無効にしている場合でも長押しによる右クリックが常に可能です。アクティビティ画面では、長押しの動作が少し異なります。右クリック操作をするのにボタンを離す必要がありません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
 msgstr "<app>Orca</app> スクリーンリーダーを使い、画面のユーザーインターフェースを読み上げます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Read screen aloud"
 msgstr "画面を読み上げる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you 
installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then 
refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
 msgstr "GNOME には <app>Orca</app> というスクリーンリーダーがあり、画面のユーザーインターフェースを音声で読み上げることができます。GNOME のインストール方法によっては、Orca 
がインストールされていないこともあります。<link href=\"install:orca\">Orca をインストールして</link>、詳細について <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca 
のヘルプ</link> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
 msgstr "キーを押してから画面に文字が表示されるまでの間に時間差をもうけます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Turn on slow keys"
 msgstr "スローキーを有効にする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that 
letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a 
little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, 
or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
 msgstr 
"キーを押してから画面に文字が表示されるまでの間に時間差をもうけたい場合、<em>スローキー</em>を有効にしてください。これを有効にすると、入力したいキーを少しのあいだ押しつづけなければ、文字が画面に表示されません。キー入力のときに誤って複数のキーを同時に押してしまう場合や、押したいキーを間違わずに押すことが困難な場合に、スローキーの機能を利用してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
 msgstr "<gui>スローキー</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
 msgstr "スローキーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える"
 
-msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from 
the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to 
enable or disable slow keys."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off 
from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to 
enable or disable slow keys."
+msgid "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the 
keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press 
and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
 msgstr 
"<gui>アクセシビリティ機能をキーボードから切り替える</gui>を有効にすると、キーボードからスローキーのオン/オフを切り替えられます。このオプションが選択されていれば、<key>Shift</key> キーを 
8 秒間押し続けることで、スローキーの有効/無効を切り替えられます。"
 
-msgid "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>."
+msgid "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or 
more settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
 msgstr "トップバーの<link 
xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>スローキー</gui>を選択することでも、スローキーのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to 
register."
 msgstr "<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>のスライダーを使って、キー入力が認識されるまでに押しつづける必要のある時間を設定してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a 
key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough."
 msgstr "キーが押されたとき、キー入力が認識されたとき、押し下げ時間が足りずにキー入力が拒否されたときに、それぞれ音を鳴らすことができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
 msgstr "キーボードショートカットを入力するのに、同時に必要なキーをすべて押すことなく、1 度に 1 つのキーで行う。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
 msgstr "固定キーを有効にする"
 
-msgid "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to 
hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut 
switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same 
time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to 
hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut 
switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same 
time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+msgid "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to 
hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without 
sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, 
you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
 msgstr "<em>固定キー</em>を使えば、キーボードショートカットを入力するのに、同時に必要なキーをすべて押すことなく、1 度に 1 
つのキーで行うことができるようになります。たとえば、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
ショートカットでウィンドウを切り替えます。固定キーの機能を使わなければ、すべてのキーを同時に押さなければなりません。しかし固定キーを有効にすると、<key>Alt</key> を押してその後に 
<key>Tab</key> を押せば同じことができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
 msgstr "複数のキーを同時に押すことが困難であれば、固定キーを有効にすると良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
 msgstr "<gui>固定キー</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
 msgstr "固定キーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える"
 
-msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to 
turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> 
five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) 
to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press 
<key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+msgid "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the 
keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press 
<key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
 msgstr "<gui>アクセシビリティ機能をキーボードから切り替える</gui> (<gui>固定キー</gui>の上にあります) 
を有効にすると、キーボードから固定キーのオン/オフを切り替えられます。このオプションが選択されていれば、<key>Shift</key> キーを続けざまに 5 回押すことで、固定キーの有効/無効を切り替えられます"
 
-msgid "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>."
+msgid "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one 
or more settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
 msgstr "トップバーの<link 
xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>固定キー</gui>を選択することでも、固定キーのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter 
a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
 msgstr "2 つのキーを同時に押せば、一時的に固定キーの機能を解除して「通常の」方法で、キーボードショートカットを入力することができます。"
 
-msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and <key>Tab</key> 
simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It 
<em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some 
keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and <key>Tab</key> 
simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It 
<em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some 
keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
+msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> and <key>Tab</key> 
simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It 
<em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some 
keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
 msgstr "上記のキー同時押下による解除機能をオンにすれば、たとえば固定キーを有効にしたのにもかかわらず <key>Alt</key> と <key>Tab</key> 
を同時に押した場合、固定キー機能による次のキー入力待ちが解除されます。1 つのキーが押されたときだけ、次のキー入力を<em>待とうとします</em>。場合によってキーボードショートカットの同時押下が可能であったり 
(たとえばキーが隣接しているなど)、困難であったりする場合に、この機能は役に立ちます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
 msgstr "この機能を有効にするには「<gui>同時に2つのキーを押下したら無効にする</gui>」を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky 
keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be 
typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier key 
is pressed</gui> to enable this."
 msgstr 
"固定キーを有効にして、キーボードショートカットの入力を始めたときに「ビープ」音を鳴らすことができます。ショートカットが入力されるのを固定キーが待ち受けていることを知りたい場合に役に立ちます。これを確認すれば、次に押されるキーがショートカットの一部として認識されます。この機能を有効にするには「<gui>修飾キーを押したらビープ音を鳴らす</gui>」を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
 msgstr "視覚警告を有効にして、警告音が鳴ったときに画面もしくはウィンドウをひらめかせます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
 msgstr "警告音の代わりに画面をひらめかせる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a 
hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash 
whenever the alert sound is played."
 msgstr "特定のメッセージやイベントにたいして簡潔な警告音が鳴ることがあります。この音が聞き取りづらい場合、警告音を鳴らす代わりに画面あるいは現在開いているウィンドウを視覚的にひらめかせることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such 
as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual 
alerts."
 msgstr "この機能は、図書館などのようにコンピューターを静かに使わなければならない環境でも役に立つでしょう。警告音をミュートする方法については <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> 
を参照し、視覚警告を有効にしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>聴覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current 
window title to flash."
 msgstr "<gui>視覚警告</gui>をオンにします。画面全体をひらめかせるか、あるいは現在開いているウィンドウだけをひらめかせるか選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>視覚警告</gui>を選択すると、視覚警告のオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
 msgstr "このデスクトップヘルプを利用する上でのいくつかのヒント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
 msgstr "GNOME ドキュメンテーションプロジェクト"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "About this guide"
 msgstr "このガイドについて"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your 
computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. We've tried to make 
this guide as easy to use as possible:"
 msgstr 
"このガイドは、お使いのデスクトップ機能のひととおりの解説、コンピューターに関する質問への回答、またコンピューターをより効果的に使うためのヒントの提供を意図して作成されています。このガイドができるだけ使いやすくなるよう次の工夫を施しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This means that you don't need to 
skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."
 msgstr "このガイドは、章立ての構成をとっておらず、課題別の小さなトピックに分類されています。そのおかげで、疑問の答えを探すためにマニュアル全体を拾い読みする必要はありません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to 
related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
 msgstr 
"関連項目は相互にリンクしています。ページ最下部の\"をも見よ\"参照は、関連するトピックへの案内となっています。これによって、特定の作業をこなすのに役立つかもしれない類似トピックを見つけやすくなっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and 
relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."
 msgstr "組み込みの検索機能を備えています。ヘルプブラウザーの上部にあるバーは、検索バーとなっており、タイピングするとすぐに関連の検索結果が表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set 
of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more 
information to make things more helpful, though."
 msgstr 
"このガイドは定期的に更新されています。私たちは、包括的なヘルプ情報を提供できるよう努めていますが、ここであらゆる質問に答えられるわけではないことを認識しています。とはいえ、より多くの情報を追加してもっと役立つようにしていきたいと考えています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope that you will never have to 
use it."
 msgstr "時間を割いてデスクトップヘルプを読んでくださり、ありがとうございます。今後これを読む必要がなくなることを心から願っております。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
 msgstr "-- GNOME ドキュメンテーションチーム"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Connect an online account."
 msgstr "オンラインアカウントに接続します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Jim Campbell"
 msgstr "Jim Campbell"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Add an account"
 msgstr "アカウントの追加"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email 
program, chat program, and other related applications will be set up for you."
 msgstr "アカウントを追加することで、あなたのオンラインアカウントと GNOME 
デスクトップをリンクできるようになります。これにより、メールクライアント、チャットクライアント、また他の関連アプリケーションがセットアップされます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
 msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
 msgstr "<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>メニューをクリックして、アカウントの種類を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a later time."
 msgstr "複数のアカウントがあれば、他のアカウントはあとで追加できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
 msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if 
you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password."
 msgstr "小さなウェブサイトウィンドウが開き、そこにあなたのオンラインアカウントの認証情報を入力します。たとえば、Google アカウントのセットアップをする場合、あなたの Google 
アカウントのユーザー名とパスワードを入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your 
online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to continue."
 msgstr "認証情報が正しく入力できれば、あなたのオンラインアカウントへのアクセスを GNOME に許可してもよいか確認画面が表示されます。<gui>Grant Access (アクセスを許可)</gui> 
を選択し、次に進みます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use 
an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the 
<gui>calendar</gui> option off."
 msgstr 
"オンラインアカウントに関連付けるアプリケーションを選択します。たとえば、オンラインアカウントをチャットに使用したいが、カレンダーには使用したくない場合、<gui>カレンダー</gui>のオプションをオフにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected will automatically use 
those credentials when you start them."
 msgstr "アカウントを追加した後は、選択された各アプリケーションは起動時に自動的にその認証情報を使います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token 
that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the 
online service, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
 msgstr "セキュリティ上の理由により、GNOME 
はあなたのパスワードをコンピューター内に保存しません。その代わりに、オンラインサービスにより提供されるトークンを保存します。デスクトップとオンラインサービスとのリンクを完全に破棄する場合は、追加したアカウントを<link
 xref=\"accounts-remove\">削除</link>します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
 msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Julita Inca"
 msgstr "Julita Inca"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
 msgstr "オンラインアカウントを使って新規アカウントを作成します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Create an online account"
 msgstr "オンラインアカウントの作成"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while adding it to <app>Online 
Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your online accounts from one application."
 msgstr "アカウントサービスプロバイダーによっては、<app>オンラインアカウント</app> 
にアカウントを追加する際にアカウントの作成もできることがあります。この場合、ひとつのアプリケーションから、オンラインアカウントの管理をすべて行うことができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面から<app>オンラインアカウント</app>の設定を開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account types may <link 
xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
 msgstr "<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>をドロップダウンメニューから選択します。アカウントの種類によっては<link 
xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">利用できない</link>ものもあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
 msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックして、次に進みます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which appears."
 msgstr "表示されたページに<gui>サインアップ</gui>などのボタンやリンクがあるので、それをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at this stage. If this is true 
of the service you wish to register, you will need to use an alternative method to create an account."
 msgstr "すべてのオンラインアカウントプロバイダーが、この段階でのアカウント作成を許可しているわけではありません。登録を希望するサービスがこれに該当する場合、別の手段でアカウントを作成する必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal details such as username 
and password."
 msgstr "登録フォームを記入します。たいていユーザー名やパスワードなど個人情報を記入する必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with <app>Online 
Accounts</app>."
 msgstr "新規に作成したアカウントを<app>オンラインアカウント</app>で使用できるように、GNOME にアカウントへのアクセスを許可する必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link 
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> individual services to disable them."
 msgstr "アカウントプロバイダーが提供するすべてのサービスは、デフォルトで有効になります。各サービスを無効にするには個別に<link 
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">オフに切り替えます</link>。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can 
control which of these services can be used by applications."
 msgstr "オンラインアカウントによっては、複数のサービス (カレンダーやメールなど) にアクセスできるものがあります。どのサービスをアプリケーションが使用できるかについて設定できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
 msgstr "アカウントがアクセスできるオンラインサービスの設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the same user account. For 
example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your 
account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but 
not chat, since you have a different online account that you use for chat."
 msgstr "オンラインアカウントの種類によっては、ひとつのユーザーアカウントで複数のサービスにアクセスできるものがあります。たとえば、Google 
アカウントでは、カレンダー、メール、連絡先およびチャットにアクセスできます。サービスによってアカウントを使用するかどうか使いわけるとよいでしょう。たとえば、チャットには別のオンラインアカウントを使用している場合、Google
 アカウントをメールには使用するが、チャットには使用しないとするのもよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:"
 msgstr "各オンラインアカウントで提供されているサービスのいくつかを無効にすることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
 msgstr "左側の一覧から変更するアカウントを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under <gui>Use this account 
for</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>このアカウントの用途</gui>の下に、アカウントで利用できるサービスの一覧が表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
 msgstr "使用しないサービスをオフにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer won't be able to use 
the account to connect to that service any more."
 msgstr "アカウントに対してサービスを無効にすると、お使いのコンピューターのアプリケーションは、そのアカウントから該当のサービスに接続できなくなります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window and 
switch it on."
 msgstr "無効にしたサービスを有効にするには、<gui>オンラインアカウント</gui>のウィンドウに戻り、オンに切り替えるだけです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
 msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
 msgstr "オンラインサービスプロバイダーが一覧になかったら?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
 msgstr "利用しているアカウントの種類が一覧にないのはなぜ?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, only a few 
types of online accounts are supported:"
 msgstr "お使いのオンラインサービスプロバイダーをサポートするには、誰かしらによる開発作業が必要になります。現在は、数種類のオンラインアカウントだけをサポートしています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Google"
 msgstr "Google"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Windows Live"
 msgstr "Windows Live"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Facebook"
 msgstr "Facebook"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Twitter"
 msgstr "Twitter"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
 msgstr "Yahoo は近いうちにサポートと対象となる見込みです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\";> bug tracker</link>."
 msgstr "他のサービスのサポートに関心があれば、<link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\";>バグ管理システム</link>を通じて開発者と連絡を取ってください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Completely remove an online account."
 msgstr "オンラインアカウントを完全に削除します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Remove an account"
 msgstr "アカウントの削除"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
 msgstr "削除するアカウントを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
 msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>-</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>削除</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link 
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your desktop."
 msgstr "アカウントを完全に削除するのではなく、デスクトップからアクセスする<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">サービスを制限する</link>ことができます"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "2012"
+msgid "2012-2013"
+msgstr "2012"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Andre Klapper"
 msgstr "Andre Klapper"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they 
exploit."
 msgstr "アプリケーションは、<app>オンラインアカウント</app>で作成したアカウントや、そのアカウントで利用するサービスをアクセスできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
 msgstr "どのアプリケーションがオンラインアカウントを利用できますか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to automatically configure 
themselves."
 msgstr "<app>Online Accounts</app> は他のアプリケーションから使用でき、アプリケーションの設定が自動的に行われます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "With a Google account"
 msgstr "Google アカウントの場合"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be added to <app>Evolution</app> 
automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar 
items in your Google agenda."
 msgstr "<app>Evolution</app>、メールクライアント。メールアカウントが<app>Evolution</app>に自動的に追加されます。それにより、メールの取得や、連絡先へアクセス、また 
Google カレンダーの予定リスト項目の表示ができるようになります。"
 
-msgid "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you'll 
be able to communicate with your friends."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and 
you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
+msgid "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will 
be able to communicate with your friends."
 msgstr "<app>Empathy</app>、インスタントメッセージングクライアント。オンラインアカウントが追加され、友達とコミュニケーションできるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
 msgstr "<app>連絡先</app>から、連絡先の参照や編集ができるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
 msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>から、オンラインドキュメントにアクセスしたり、表示したりできるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
 msgstr "Windows Live、Facebook、あるいは Twitter アカウントの場合"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, 
and followers."
 msgstr "<app>Empathy</app> がアウントを使用し、オンラインへの接続や、相手先や友達、フォロワーとのコミュニケーションができるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "With SkyDrive accounts"
+msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
 msgstr "Google アカウントの場合"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them."
 msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>から、オンラインドキュメントにアクセスしたり、表示したりできるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "With a Google account"
+msgid "With a Exchange account"
+msgstr "Google アカウントの場合"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start retrieving mails from this 
account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "With a Google account"
+msgid "With a ownCloud account"
+msgstr "Google アカウントの場合"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access and edit contacts and 
calendar appointments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in 
the ownCloud installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
 msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
 msgstr "メールやソーシャルメディアのアカウントをデスクトップに追加するのはなぜ?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why should I add an account?"
 msgstr "アカウントを追加するメリットは何ですか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and e-mail straight to your 
desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts 
you can easily keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your 
account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added are ready for 
you."
 msgstr 
"アカウントを追加すると、カレンダーや、チャット、メールなど選択したサービスをデスクトップから直接利用できるようになり、サービスの情報をユーザーエクスペリエンスの一部としてシームレスに統合します。アカウントを追加すると、チャットなど、さまざまなアカウントのサービスに同時に接続できるようになります。一度アカウントを設定するだけで、コンピューターを起動するたびに、追加したアカウントおよびサービスを利用する準備が整います。"
 
-msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
-msgstr "Facebook や Google などのオンラインサービスにアクセスします。"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an 
existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Online accounts"
 msgstr "オンラインアカウント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and Facebook) into the 
<app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and 
similar from those applications without having to enter your account details again."
 msgstr "オンラインサービス (Google や Facebook など) 
のログイン情報を<gui>オンラインアカウント</gui>のウィンドウに入力できます。これにより、アプリケーションから、アカウント情報を再び入力することなく、カレンダーやメール、チャットアカウントなどお使いのサービスに簡単にアクセスできるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
 msgstr "バックアップが成功したか確認します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Check your backup"
 msgstr "バックアップをチェックする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it 
didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup."
 msgstr 
"ファイルのバックアップを取った後は、バックアップが成功したか確認することをお勧めします。万が一バックアップ処理が正常に行われない場合は、いくつかのファイルが見つからず、重要なデータを失う恐れがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the 
data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want 
to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
 msgstr 
"ファイルのコピーや移動を行うのにファイルマネージャーを使った場合は、すべてのデータが正常に転送できたかコンピューターによってチェックされます。とはいえ、非常に重要なデータを転送するときは、転送が正常に完了したか追加で確認を実施するのが良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. 
By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can 
have extra confidence that the process was successful."
 msgstr 
"転送先メディアにコピーしたファイルやフォルダーを確認しなおして、チェックするのもよいでしょう。転送したファイルやフォルダーが実際にバックアップとして存在するかを確認することで、バックアップ処理が成功したというさらなる確証を得ることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a 
dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than 
just copying and pasting files."
 msgstr "大量のデータを定期的にバックアップするのであれば、<app>Déjà Dup</app> 
などの専用のバックアッププログラムを使用したほうが簡単なこともあります。専用プログラムは、単にファイルを複製するのに比べてずっと強力で信頼性があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe."
 msgstr "重要なファイルの安全を確保するのに、どの程度の頻度でバックアップを取るべきかについて学びます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
 msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Frequency of backups"
 msgstr "バックアップの頻度"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are 
running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be 
enough."
 msgstr 
"バックアップを取る頻度は、バックアップを取るデータの種類に依存します。たとえば、クリティカルなデータをサーバーに保存してネットワークを運用しているのであれば、毎晩のバックアップでさえ不十分となるでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would 
likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup 
schedule:"
 msgstr "その一方で、ホームコンピューターのデータをバックアップするのであれば、毎時間のバックアップは不要でしょう。バックアップスケジュールの計画を立てる場合は、次のポイントを考慮すると良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
 msgstr "あなたがそのコンピューター上で費やす時間。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
 msgstr "そのコンピューターのデータが変更される頻度と量。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and 
family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of 
a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
 msgstr 
"音楽やE-メール、家族の写真など、バックアップを取るデータの優先度が低い、あるいはほとんど変更されないのであれば、毎週、あるいは毎月のバックアップでさえ十分でしょう。一方で、税務監査の真っ最中であれば、もっと頻繁にバックアップを取得する必要があるでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time 
you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is 
too long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
 msgstr 
"一般論として、バックアップ間の時間は、たかだか、失った作業をやりなおすのに費やしてもいいと思える時間であるべきです。たとえば、失くしたドキュメントを再作成するのに一週間かかるのが長すぎるのであれば、すなくとも週 1 
回はバックアップをとったほうが良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to 
protect against loss."
 msgstr "Déjà Dup (あるいは、他のバックアップアプリケーション) を使って、重要なファイルや設定のコピーを作成し、データの消失を防ぎます"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How to back up"
 msgstr "バックアップ方法"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the 
backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà 
Dup</app>."
 msgstr "ファイルや設定の最も簡単なバックアップ方法は、バックアップ処理をバックアップアプリケーションに管理させることです。様々なバックアップアプリケーションが利用可能であり、たとえば <app>Déjà 
Dup</app> などがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the 
backup, as well as how to restore your data."
 msgstr "使用するバックアップアプリケーションのヘルプの説明に従えば、バックアップ設定を行えるでしょう。データの復旧方法も同様です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such 
as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link 
xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can 
copy them from there."
 msgstr "他の方法は、外付けハードドライブや、ネットワーク上の別のコンピューター、USB ドライブなどの安全な場所へ<link 
xref=\"files-copy\">ファイルをコピーする</link>というものです。通常、<link 
xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">個人的なファイル</link>や設定は、ユーザーのホームフォルダーにあります。したがってそこからファイルのコピーができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room 
on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
 msgstr "バックアップできるデータ量は、ストレージのサイズに制限されます。バックアップデバイスに空き領域があるなら、次の例外を除いて、ホームフォルダー全体をバックアップするに越したことはありません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media."
 msgstr "他の場所にすでにバックアップ済みのファイル。たとえば CD、DVD、その他のリムーバブルメディアなど。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up 
the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the 
original source files."
 msgstr 
"簡単に再作成できるファイル。たとえば、あなたがプログラマであれば、プログラムをコンパイルしてでき上がるファイルをバックアップする必要はありません。それよりも、オリジナルのソースファイルのバックアップを確実に行ったほうが良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
 msgstr "ゴミ箱フォルダーのファイル。ゴミ箱フォルダーは、<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file> にあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
 msgstr "バックアップからファイルを復元します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Restore a backup"
 msgstr "バックアップから復元する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from 
the backup:"
 msgstr "ファイルを失くした、あるいは削除してしまったが、そのバックアップがある場合、バックアップから復元できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another 
computer on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
 msgstr "外付けハードドライブや、USB ドライブ、あるいはネットワーク上の他のコンピューターのバックアップで復元する場合、バックアップファイルをお使いのコンピューターに<link 
xref=\"files-copy\">コピー</link>して復元できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>, it is recommended 
that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup 
program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
 msgstr "<app>Déjà Dup</app> 
などのバックアップアプリケーションを使ってバックアップを取った場合は、同じアプリケーションを使って復元することが推奨されます。お使いのバックアップツールのヘルプを読みなおしてください。ファイルの復旧方法についての詳細な説明が手に入ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
 msgstr "バックアップするとよい文書やファイル、設定が配置されるフォルダーの一覧。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
 msgstr "どのファイルをバックアップすればいい?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to 
perform a backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may 
want to back up."
 msgstr 
"どのファイルをバックアップするかを決めることは、バックアップを行う上での最も難しいステップです。以下に挙げたものは、重要なファイルや設定の配置場所として最もよく使われるもので、それらをバックアップすると良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
 msgstr "個人的なファイル (ドキュメント、音楽、写真、ビデオ)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
 #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
 #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
 msgid "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in 
subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and Videos."
 msgstr "通常、これらはユーザーのホームフォルダー (<file>/home/your_name</file>) 
に保存されます。デスクトップ、ドキュメント、画像、ビデオなどのサブフォルダーに保存されていることがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider 
backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using 
the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>."
 msgstr "バックアップ先のメディアに十分な空き領域があれば (たとえば、外付けハードディスクなど)、ホームフォルダー全体をバックアップすることを検討してください。<app>ディスク使用量解析ツール 
(BaoBab)</app> を使えば、ホームフォルダーがどれだけのディスク領域を使用しているか確認できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Hidden files"
 msgstr "隠しファイル"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, 
click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
 msgstr "ピリオド (.) 
で始まる名前のファイルは、デフォルトでは非表示になっています。隠しファイルを表示するには、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq> 
とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押します。他のファイルと同じように隠しファイルもバックアップ先へコピーできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
 msgstr "個人的な設定 (デスクトップの設定やテーマ、ソフトウェア設定)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for 
information on hidden files)."
 msgstr "たいていのアプリケーションは、ホームフォルダー配下の隠しフォルダーに設定を保存します (隠しファイルについては上記を参照してください)。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file>, 
<file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
 msgstr "ほとんどのアプリケーションの設定は、ホームフォルダー配下の <file>.config</file>、<file>.gconf</file>、<file>.gnome2</file>、および 
<file>.local</file> の隠しフォルダーに保存されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "System-wide settings"
 msgstr "システム全体の設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of 
locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you 
won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back 
up the files for the services that it is running."
 msgstr "システムの重要な設定は、ユーザーのホームフォルダーには保存されません。それらの保存先は様々ですが、たいていは <file>/etc</file> 
配下に保存されます。一般的に、ホームコンピューターにおいてシステムにかかわる設定ファイルのバックアップが必要になることはありません。しかしながら、サーバーを運用しているのであれば、運用するサービスにかかわるファイルはバックアップするのが良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What to back up"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> 
as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Your personal files"
 msgstr "個人的なファイル"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family 
photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Your personal settings"
 msgstr "個人的な設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings 
on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, 
your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "System settings"
 msgstr "システム設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do 
customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to 
back up these settings."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Installed software"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by 
reinstalling it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time 
investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to 
use up disk space by having backups of them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
 msgstr "バックアップの保存場所、および使用するストレージデバイスの種類に関するアドバイスです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "sort"
 msgid "c"
 msgstr "c"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Where to store your backup"
 msgstr "バックアップの保存先"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external 
hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum 
security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, 
both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
 msgstr 
"ファイルのバックアップコピーの保存先は、たとえば外付けハードディスクなど、お使いのコンピューターとは別の場所にするとよいでしょう。そうすれば、コンピューターが壊れてしまっても、バックアップはそのまま無傷で残ります。最大限の安全性を考慮するなら、お使いのコンピューターと同じ建物でバックアップを保管しない方がよいでしょう。万が一火災や盗難に遭った場合、バックアップコピーを同じ場所で保管していると、コピーもろともデータを紛失してしまう恐れがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You need to store your backups 
on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files."
 msgstr "適切な<em>バックアップメディア</em>を選択することも重要です。バックアップファイルをすべて保存するのに十分なディスク容量のあるデバイスに保存する必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
 msgid "Local and remote storage options"
 msgstr "ローカルストレージおよびリモートストレージの選択肢"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
 msgstr "USB メモリ (小容量)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
 msgstr "内蔵ディスクドライブ (大容量)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
 msgstr "外付けハードディスク (一般に大容量)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
 msgstr "ネットワーク接続ドライブ (大容量)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
 msgstr "ファイルサーバー/バックアップサーバー (大容量)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
 msgstr "書き込み可能な CD または DVD (小/中容量)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</link> or <link 
href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\";>Ubuntu One</link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
 msgstr "オンラインバックアップサービス (たとえば <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</link> や <link 
href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\";>Ubuntu One</link>。容量は料金プラン次第)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, 
also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
 msgstr "この選択肢のなかには、<em>完全システムバックアップ</em>とも言われる、お使いのシステムの全ファイルをバックアップするのに十分な容量を持っているものもあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
 msgstr "バックアップについてのなぜ、何を、どこに、どうやって。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Backups"
 msgstr "バックアップ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Back up your important files"
 msgstr "重要なファイルをバックアップする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in 
case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the 
original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. 
For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
 msgstr 
"ファイルを<em>バックアップ</em>するとは、単純には、そのファイルのコピーを保管用に作成することです。バックアップは、ファイルが消失や破損により使用できなくなった場合に備えて行われます。ファイルが失くなった場合は、元のデータを修復するのにコピーが使用できます。コピーは、元のファイルとは別のデバイスに保存すると良いでしょう。たとえば、USB
 ドライブや、外付けハードドライブ、CD や DVD、あるいはオフサイトサービスが使用できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) 
encrypted."
 msgstr "ファイルをバックアップする最良の方法は、定期的に、オフサイトに保存し、(できれば) 暗号化することです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send 
files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">turn on and off</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">左手で利用する</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">速さと感度</link>, <link 
xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">タッチパッドでクリックとスクロール</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Bluetooth"
 msgstr "Bluetooth"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your 
computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use 
Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your computer 
to your cell phone."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Bluetooth problems"
 msgstr "Bluetoothの問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Problems"
 msgstr "問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Paul W. Frields"
 msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your 
computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link 
xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> 
and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will 
begin searching for devices."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a 
single type of device in the list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, 
such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's 
manual for the proper setting."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed 
on the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your 
computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click 
<gui>Matches</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be 
completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click <gui>Close</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if 
desired."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> settings. See <link 
xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a 
phone or headset."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow 
connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because 
<link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters 
aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will 
probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Adapter not switched on"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu 
bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and 
check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're 
trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
 msgstr "あなた、およびお使いのコンピューターについて"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This 
is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer 
files to or from a device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the <gui>-</gui> icon 
underneath the list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
 msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. 
Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in 
one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly 
from the file manager."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. 
Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in 
one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly 
from the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. 
Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using 
the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
 msgstr "別のアプリケーションでファイルを開く"
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">devices you are already 
connected to</link> as well as <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If 
you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after 
clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require confirmation on the other device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device 
type</gui> drop-down."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner 
accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've 
already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -1051,178 +1429,228 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
 msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to 
conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On 
Bluetooth</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to 
conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> 
on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the 
Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on 
your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the 
<key>Fn</key> key."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the 
Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your 
computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> 
key."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to this computer from another 
device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> for more information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching 
for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all 
other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be 
visible for your computer to discover them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your 
computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should 
leave visibility off."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Richard Hughes"
 msgstr "Richard Hughes"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref=\"color#profiles\">Color 
profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Color management"
 msgstr "カラーマネージメント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Color profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Calibration"
 msgstr "キャリブレーション"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
 msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
 msgstr "画面最上部にスケジュール表を表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Calendar appointments"
 msgstr "スケジュール表"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
 msgstr "この機能を利用するには、<app>Evolution</app> をインストールする必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to 
install it using your distro's package manager."
 msgstr "たいていのディストリビューションでは、<app>Evolution</app> 
がデフォルトでインストールされています。インストールされていない場合、お使いのディストリビューションのパッケージマネージャーを使用して、インストールしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To view your appointments:"
 msgstr "スケジュールを表示する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
 msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the <gui>Calendar</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added in <app>Evolution</app>, 
they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
 msgstr "登録されているスケジュールが右側に表示されます。<app>Evolution</app> に予定が追加されると、その予定がスケジュール一覧に表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
 msgstr "時計、カレンダーおよび予定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock and click <gui>Open 
Calendar</gui>."
 msgstr "<app>Evolution</app>のカレンダーにすばやくアクセスするには、時計をクリックし、<gui>カレンダーを開く</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. Otherwise, a window will 
appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account."
 msgstr "この機能には、<app>Evolution</app> のアカウントが必要になります。まだアカウントを作っていない場合、最初のアカウントを登録手続き用のウィンドウが開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> to alter the 
date/time."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>をクリックする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Change the date and time"
 msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change 
them:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin 
password</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the year, day, hour and minute. You can 
choose the month from a drop-down list."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the 
year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching <gui>Network Time</gui> 
on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with 
a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are 
connected to the internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "You can also change how the hour is displayed by switching the 24-hour format on or off."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> 
format."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change your timezone"
 msgstr "タイムゾーンの変更"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click on the clock located in the middle of the top bar."
+msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
 msgstr "トップパネルにあるアクセシビリティのアイコンをクリックする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from the drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a different location. The 
time in the window will be updated next time you access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may 
also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, 
<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Date &amp; time"
 msgstr "日付と時刻"
 
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -1231,303 +1659,403 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the device that you wish to add 
a profile to."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or import a new file."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the 
<em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile 
to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for 
glossy paper and another plain paper."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
 msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting 
conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the 
color control panel."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black 
borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large 
amount."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image 
from. This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and 
<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have 
one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then 
send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email 
you back an accurate ICC profile."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large 
number of ink sets or paper types."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click 
<gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the 
device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be 
recalibrated."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement if you're involved in 
computer design or artwork."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is 
able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a 
profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 
months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] 
icon appears in the color control panel."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. 
Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two 
mechanisms:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. 
Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be 
stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration 
curves."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to 
color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color 
in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify 
color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a 
way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of 
calibration as it was when it was characterized."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration 
information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the 
<em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications 
are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will 
not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following 
display measuring instruments are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported 
to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Which target types are supported?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "ColorChecker 24"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "ColorChecker DC"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "ColorChecker SG"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "QPcard 201"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "IT8.7/2"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online 
shops."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\";>Wolf 
Faust</link> at a very fair price."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions 
that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very 
different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand 
hours."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> 
to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black 
walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that 
you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites 
or that were created on your behalf."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial 
outlay."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped 
up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best 
avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date 
you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often 
worse than useless."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</input> or 
<input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from 
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a profile for a device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for 
whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color 
compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you 
will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a 
simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can 
make a huge difference to an end product."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will 
be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning 
notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in 
days:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/screen
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "\n"
@@ -1535,84 +2063,111 @@ msgid ""
 "<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set 
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID 
which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available 
colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other 
information for color correction."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
 msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate 
color correction."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has 
changed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being 
applied:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being 
sent to the display"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen 
profile"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become 
BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the 
whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the 
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this 
might be:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the 
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link 
xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link 
xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is a color profile?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color 
space such as sRGB."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a 
<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that 
users see the same colors on different devices."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the 
system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be 
sure that colors are not being lost or modified."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -1621,45 +2176,59 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is a color space?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and 
ProPhotoRGB."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with 
a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that 
in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color 
space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a 
<em>triangle</em> of colors."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual 
system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape 
can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
 msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is 
an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors 
than this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications 
(including the Internet)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which 
means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being 
clipped or the blacks crushed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode 
nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot 
detect!"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with 
<em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is 
going to have bigger steps between each value."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors 
this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small 
errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization 
error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 
bits-per-pixel."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can 
be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -1668,24 +2237,31 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items 
from the production line and average them together:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "Averaged profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It 
is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the 
characterization state and make the profile inaccurate."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by 
letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -1694,6 +2270,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -1702,6 +2279,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -1710,494 +2288,589 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why is color management important?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a 
screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day 
in winter."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
 msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
 msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
 msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of 
colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able 
to reproduce it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, 
Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness 
can only be as good as the paper color."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 
100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is 
probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of 
distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be 
reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors 
in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look \"washed out\"."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in 
other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the 
result is going to look like."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make 
smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if 
you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Lucie Hankey"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Add or remove a contact"
 msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To add a contact:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
 
-msgid "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on 
the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, <gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or 
<gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> allows you to type in your own category name.)"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on 
the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, <gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To remove a contact:"
 msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the contact in the left pane."
+msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui>."
-msgstr "ファイルを右クリックして、<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of <app>Contacts</app>."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
-msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Access your contacts."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Contacts"
 msgstr "連絡先"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your 
<link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+msgid "2013"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Connect with your contact"
 msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
 
-msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
-
-msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the 
email address."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Edit contact details"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
+msgid "Edit the contact details."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
 
-msgid "In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to change."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, press <gui 
style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you want to add."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail address, click <gui 
style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and 
fill in the information."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+msgstr "連絡先"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Link contacts"
 msgstr "連絡先"
 
-msgid "Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services into one Contacts entry. 
This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online accounts into one 
<app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about 
one contact in one place."
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
-
-msgid "Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/Remove Linked 
Contacts…</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact list."
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>をクリックする。"
-
-msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the contacts that you want to 
merge."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow the steps for unlinking 
contacts."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Unlink contacts"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which should not be linked."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>をクリックする。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the contact."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Search for a contact."
 msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Search for a contact"
 msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で次の操作を実行します。"
 
-msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications."
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
-
-msgid "To search inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you 
want to select if they are not at the top."
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> を押します。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click inside the search field."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts Setup</gui> window opens."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they are listed with 
<gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit existing account settings."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin 
the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local 
Address Book</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
 msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and <gui>Access Time</gui> 
parameters as desired."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from the disk. <link 
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> may be required. Enter your password, or the 
password for the requested administrator account."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be 
read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting 
lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against 
the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read 
rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, 
plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average 
access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check space and capacity."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> or <app>System 
Monitor</app>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will 
display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, <gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, 
<gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and 
<gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check with System Monitor"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The 
information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and 
<gui>Used</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won't need for a while 
and delete them from the hard drive."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Checking the hard disk"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and 
Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the 
disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the 
<app>Disks</app> application:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information and status of 
the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> healthy, there may be no 
cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to 
prevent data loss."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been 
detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you 
are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link 
xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to 
see if it gets worse."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis 
or repair."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes 
wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - 
this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Format a removable disk"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on 
the other disk will be deleted!"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click <gui>Format Volume</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
 msgstr "表示されたウィンドウで、撮る対象を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose 
<gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of 
the <gui>file system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It should now be blank and ready 
to use again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not 
appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If 
you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</app>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to 
a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer 
makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted 
volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, 
you can read (and possibly write) files on it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same 
thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition 
has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of 
volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> application."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other 
physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and 
partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> 
partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. 
The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files 
can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. 
For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is 
bootable, look at its <gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and 
CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark\">performance</link>, 
<link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
 msgstr "小技とコツ"
 
-msgid "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Set screen brightness"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in 
bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off 
automatically when not in use."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Set the brightness"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開きます。"
-
-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks 
like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these 
keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness automatically lowered when you are 
on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your 
battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a while. This only affects the 
display, and does not turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the 
<gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> option."
-msgstr ""
-
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -2206,192 +2879,141 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Video Demo"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "Demo"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: div/p
 msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the <gui>Displays</gui> settings."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: div/p
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it 
<gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: div/p
 msgid "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the 
top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: div/p
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: div/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the <gui>Mirror displays</gui> 
box."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: div/p
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click <gui>Keep This 
Configuration</gui>."
 msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>名前を付けて検索を保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: div/p
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the top corner."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Set up an external monitor"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system 
doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</link> 
overview to open the <gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the main monitor. To change 
which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the 
\"main\" monitor."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
 msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't 
recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> 
to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all 
your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You 
can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The 
screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen 
turns off</gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the 
<gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
-msgstr ""
-
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Make collections of documents"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a 
<em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. 
For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a 
PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
 msgstr "独自のキーボードショートカットを定義する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
 msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
 msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, or select an existing 
collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot put collections inside 
collections.</em>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To delete a collection:"
 msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original 
documents."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -2400,665 +3022,826 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Choose which documents to display."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Filter documents"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button next to the <link 
xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Title, Author, or All."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the filter list, it is necessary 
to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
 msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>から、オンラインドキュメントにアクセスしたり、表示したりできるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Formats supported"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by <app>Document 
Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Find information about documents"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</app> displays the 
following metadata for each document:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Date Modified;"
 msgstr "更新日時"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the document."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To see a document's properties:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
 msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select a document."
 msgstr "テンプレートを使ってドキュメントを作成する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
 msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their 
metadata or content."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be 
able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or 
<app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Documents"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents 
on your computer or those created remotely using <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "View, Sort and Search"
 msgstr "検索を保存する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Questions"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored 
locally. Those stored on a remote server like <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or 
blank) preview thumbnails."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to local storage, a thumbnail 
will be generated."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its 
ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Print a document"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To print a document:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Search for files"
 msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting various <link 
xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Selecting documents"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your 
documents. To use selection mode:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid 
for your selection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Selection mode actions"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document 
is selected)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</app> may not be running or 
properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index 
files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that 
your documents are in one of these paths."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "View files in a list or grid"
 msgstr "ファイル名が長すぎる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default. To view in 
<gui>List</gui> format:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored 
locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
 msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "View documents full-screen."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, 
are displayed as thumbnails."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to appear, it is necessary to 
configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
 msgstr "フォルダーの中身を調べる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the <app>Documents</app> window (or 
full-screen if maximized)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the 
desktop will be started."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the 
desktop will be displayed and you will see a message telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback 
mode</em>, and it allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced features."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
-
-msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to scroll down to see this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
-msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Switch <gui>Forced Fallback Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
-
-msgid "Logout and then log back in to enjoy the fallback mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to organizing windows and starting 
applications. For example, instead of having an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications 
menu</gui> at the top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open windows at the bottom 
of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect which applications you can run - it only changes the 
way that the desktop looks."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't good enough to run 
GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can 
find better graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of GNOME."
-msgstr ""
-
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
 msgstr "CDやDVD、カメラ、オーディオプレイヤー、その他のデバイスおよびメディアにあわせてアプリケーションを自動起動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
 msgstr "デバイスやディスクにあわせてアプリケーションを起動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media 
card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can 
also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
 msgstr 
"デバイスを接続したときや、ディスクやメディアカードを挿入したときにアプリケーションを自動起動させることができます。たとえば、デジタルカメラをつないだら写真管理ソフトが起動するようにしておくと良いかもしれません。この機能をオフにして、何かを接続しても何も起こらないようにすることもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
 msgstr "さまざまなデバイスを接続した場合に起動するアプリケーションを設定する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
 msgstr "<guiseq><gui>詳細</gui><gui>リムーバブルメディア</gui></guiseq> を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. 
See below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
 msgstr "設定したいデバイスやメディアの種類を探し、それ用のアプリケーションや動作を選択します。各種のデバイスやメディアについては以下の説明を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file 
manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
 msgstr "アプリケーションを起動する代わりに、ファイルマネージャーでデバイスを表示するように設定することもできます。その場合、どう処理するか、あるいは自動的には何もしないか確認されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs 
or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of 
device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui> 
drop-down."
 msgstr "設定したいデバイスやメディアの種類が一覧に見つからない場合は 
(ブルーレイディスクや電子書籍リーダーなど)、<gui>他のメディア</gui>をクリックして、デバイスのより詳細な一覧を確認してください。<gui>種類</gui>のドロップダウンリストからデバイスやメディアの種類を選択し、<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストからはアプリケーションや動作を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select 
<gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
 msgstr 
"何を接続してもアプリケーションを自動起動させたくない場合は、リムーバブルメディアのウィンドウ下部の<gui>メディア挿入時にどう処理するか確認したり、プログラムを実行したりしない</gui>を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Types of devices and media"
 msgstr "デバイスやメディアの種類"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Audio discs"
 msgstr "オーディオディスク"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio 
DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file 
manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
 msgstr "オーディオ CD を扱うための、お好みの音楽アプリケーション や CD オーディオエクストラクターを選択します。オーディオ DVD (DVD-A) 
を使用する場合は、<gui>他のメディア</gui>から、開く方法を選択します。ファイルマネージャーでオーディオディスクを開くと、トラックは、任意のオーディオプレイヤーアプリケーションで再生できる WAV 
ファイルとして表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Video discs"
 msgstr "ビデオディスク"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to 
set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video 
discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
 msgstr "ビデオ DVD を処理する場合は、お好みのビデオアプリケーションを選択します。Blu-ray、HD DVD、ビデオ CD (VCD)、およびスーパービデオ CD (SVCD) 
用にアプリケーションを設定するには、<gui>他のメディア</gui>ボタンから行います。万が一、DVD やその他のビデオディスクを挿入しても正しく動作しない場合は、<link xref=\"video-dvd\"/> 
を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Blank discs"
 msgstr "空のディスク"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, 
blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
 msgstr "<gui>他のメディア</gui>ボタンから、空の CD や、空の DVD、空のブルーレイディスク、空の HD DVD 用のライティングアプリケーションを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Cameras and photos"
 msgstr "カメラと写真"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in 
your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You 
can also simply browse your photos using the file manager."
 msgstr "<gui>写真</gui>のドロップダウンリストから、デジタルカメラを接続したときや、カメラ用の CF、SD、MMC、MS 
カードなどのメディアカードを挿入したときに起動する写真管理アプリケーションを選択します。ファイルマネージャーを使って単に写真を見ることもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those 
you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called 
<file>PICTURES</file>."
 msgstr "<gui>他のメディア</gui>からは、Kodak のピクチャー CD を開くのに使うアプリケーションを選択できます。ピクチャー CD 
は、店頭で作成したものかもしれません。それは、<file>PICTURES</file> と呼ばれるフォルダー内に JPEG 画像を配置した通常のデータ CD です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Music players"
 msgstr "音楽プレイヤー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files 
yourself using the file manager."
 msgstr "お使いのポータブル音楽プレイヤーの音楽ライブラリを管理するアプリケーションを選択するか、あるいは、ファイルマネージャーを使って自分でファイルを管理します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "E-book readers"
 msgstr "電子書籍リーダー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book 
reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
 msgstr "<gui>他のメディア</gui>ボタンから、お使いの電子書籍リーダーの書籍を管理するアプリケーションを選択するか、あるいは、ファイルマネージャーを使って自分でファイルを管理します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Software"
 msgstr "ソフトウェア"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the 
media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software 
is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
 msgstr 
"ディスクやリムーバブルメディアによっては、メディア挿入時に自動実行可能なソフトウェアが含まれているものもあります。<gui>ソフトウェア</gui>のオプションで、自動実行ソフトウェアが含まれるメディアが挿入された場合にどうするか制御します。ソフトウェアが実行される前に、どう処理するかの確認が必ず行われます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
 msgstr "信頼していないメディアのソフトウェアは、絶対に実行しないでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでファイルの管理や整理をします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Browse files and folders"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーを閲覧する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also 
use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file 
servers</link>, and on network shares."
 msgstr "お使いのコンピューターに保存したファイルを閲覧したり整理したりするには、<app>ファイル</app>というファイルマネージャーを使います。また、ファイルマネージャーを使って、ストレージデバイス 
(外付けハードディスクなど) や、<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">ファイルサーバー</link>、ネットワーク上の共有フォルダーに配置したファイルも管理できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can also 
search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link 
xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。アクティビティ画面では、<link 
xref=\"shell-apps-open\">アプリケーションを検索する</link>のと同じ方法でファイルやフォルダーも検索できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
 msgstr "フォルダーの中身を調べる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open 
it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or 
new window."
 msgstr 
"ファイルマネージャーで、フォルダーをダブルクリックするとその中身が表示され、ファイルをダブルクリックすると、該当のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションでファイルが開きます。フォルダーを右クリックして、新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開くこともできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref=\"files-preview\">preview each 
file</link> by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or 
deleting it."
 msgstr "フォルダー中のファイルにざっと目を通したい場合は、スペースバーを押して<link 
xref=\"files-preview\">ファイルをプレビュー表示</link>できます。ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したりする前に、そのファイルが正しいものか確認できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, 
including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that 
folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access 
its properties."
 msgstr 
"ファイルとフォルダーの一覧の上にあるパスバーは、現在開いているフォルダー、およびその一連の親フォルダーを示しています。パスバーの親フォルダーをクリックすると、そのフォルダーに移動します。右クリックすると、その親フォルダーを新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開いたり、コピーしたり、移動させたり、あるいはそのプロパティを表示したりできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search 
box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. 
Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
 msgstr 
"フォルダー中の特定のファイルをすばやく選択したい場合、そのファイル名をキー入力してください。検索ボックスがウィンドウ上部に現れ、入力した検索ワードにマッチする最初のファイルがハイライト表示されます。下矢印キーを押すか、あるいはマウスホイールを回転すると、検索にマッチする次のファイルが選択されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, click 
the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show 
Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use 
the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
 msgstr 
"<em>サイドバー</em>から共通フォルダーにすばやく移動できます。サイドバーが表示されない場合は、ウィンドウ右上角の下矢印をクリックして<gui>サイドバーを表示</gui>をチェックします。よく使うフォルダーへのブックマークを追加することができ、ブックマークはサイドバーに表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
 msgstr "アイテムを新しいフォルダーにコピーまたは移動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
 msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーをコピーまたは移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, 
using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."
 msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーは別の場所へコピーしたり移動したりできます。その方法としては、マウスによるドラッグ・アンド・ドロップ、コピーおよび貼り付けコマンド、あるいはキーボードショートカットがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work 
with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old 
copy if you don't like your changes)."
 msgstr "たとえば、プレゼンテーションファイルを持ちだして作業できるようにメモリースティックにコピーするとよいでしょう。あるいは、文書ファイルを編集するまえにバックアップコピーを取ることもできます 
(その後、編集内容が気に入らない場合はそのバックアップコピーを使用してください)。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly 
the same way."
 msgstr "ここで述べる説明は、ファイルとフォルダー両方に当てはまります。ファイルとフォルダーとまったく同じ方法でコピーや移動ができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Copy and paste files"
 msgstr "ファイルのコピーと貼り付け"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
 msgstr "コピーするアイテムをシングルクリックで選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "右クリックして<gui>コピー</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
 msgstr "ファイルのコピーを配置する別のフォルダーを表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and 
the other folder."
 msgstr "歯車のアイコンをクリックして<gui>貼り付け</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> 
を押すとファイルのコピーが完了します。元のフォルダーとその別のフォルダーとに該当のファイルのコピーが作られます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
 msgstr "ファイルの切り取りと貼り付けでファイルを移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
 msgstr "移動するアイテムをシングルクリックで選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "右クリックして<gui>切り取り</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
 msgstr "ファイルを移動する別のフォルダーを表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to 
the other folder."
 msgstr "歯車のアイコンをクリックして<gui>貼り付け</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> 
を押すとファイルの移動が完了します。元のフォルダーからその別のフォルダーに該当のファイルが移動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
 msgstr "ファイルのドラッグでコピーまたは移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーを開き、コピーしたいファイルのあるフォルダーを表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the 
folder where you want to move or copy the file."
 msgstr "トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>新しいウィンドウ</gui>を選択する 
(あるいは<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> を押す) 
と、ふたつ目のウィンドウが開きます。新しいウィンドウでは、ファイルを移動またはコピーするフォルダーを表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is 
on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
 msgstr 
"一方のウィンドウから他方のウィンドウへファイルをドラッグします。移動先のフォルダーが<em>同じ</em>デバイス上にある場合、ファイルを<em>移動</em>します。移動先のフォルダーが<em>異なる</em>デバイス上にある場合、ファイルを<em>コピー</em>します"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, 
because you're dragging from one device to another."
 msgstr "たとえば、USB メモリーからお使いのコンピューターのホームフォルダーへファイルをドラッグすると、あるデバイスから別のデバイスへドラッグすることになるので、ファイルのコピーが作成されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force 
it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
 msgstr "<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押したままでドラッグすると、コピーとなり、<key>Shift</key> キーを押したままでドラッグすると、移動となります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to 
prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
 msgstr "<em>読み込み専用</em> のフォルダーには、ファイルをコピーしたり移動したりはできません。中身に変更を加えられないように、読み込み専用となっているフォルダーがあります。<link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">ファイルのアクセス権を変える</link>ことで、読み込み専用から変更できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
 msgstr "不要なファイルやフォルダーを削除します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Delete files and folders"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーを削除する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved 
to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link 
xref=\"files-recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original location if you 
decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
 msgstr 
"ファイルやフォルダーが必要でなくなった場合、削除するとよいでしょう。削除したアイテムは、<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>フォルダーに移動します。ゴミ箱を空にするまでアイテムは残ったままになります。<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>フォルダーのアイテムは、それがまた必要になった場合や、誤って削除してしまった場合に、<link
 xref=\"files-recover\">元あった場所に戻す</link>ことができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
 msgstr "ファイルをゴミ箱へ移す方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
 msgstr "ゴミ箱に配置するアイテムをシングルクリックで選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the 
item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
 msgstr "キーボードで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> 
を押します。もしくは、削除したいアイテムをサイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>にドラッグします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To 
empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
 msgstr 
"ファイルを完全に削除し、コンピューターのディスクスペースを解放するには、ゴミ箱を空にします。ゴミ箱を空にするには、サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>を右クリックし、<gui>ゴミ箱を空にする</gui>を選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Permanently delete a file"
 msgstr "ファイルを完全に削除する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
 msgstr "ゴミ箱へ移さずに、直接ファイルを完全に削除することができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
 msgstr "ファイルを完全に削除する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
 msgstr "キーボードで <key>Shift</key> キーを押したまま、<key>Delete</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or 
folder."
 msgstr "この操作は元に戻すことができないため、そのファイルやフォルダーを削除してもよいかどうかを確認するメッセージが表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with 
sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click 
<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select 
<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
 msgstr "ゴミ箱を使わずにファイルを削除することが多い場合 
(たとえば機密データを頻繁に扱う場合)、ファイルやフォルダーを右クリックしたときのメニューに<gui>削除</gui>エントリーを追加するとよいでしょう。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>動作</gui>タブを開いてください。<gui>ゴミ箱を経由しないで削除する</gui>を選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on 
other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you 
plug the device back into your computer."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルデバイス</link>で削除したファイルは、Windows や Mac OS 
など他のオペレーティングシステムでは見えることがあります。そうしたファイルは、まだそこに残っており、コンピューターにデバイスを挿し直せばまた使用できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
 msgstr "CD/DVD クリエーターを使って、ファイルやドキュメントを空の CD や DVD に書き込みます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
 msgstr "CD や DVD にファイルを書き込む"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The option to create a CD or 
DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager 
lets you transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting 
files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
 msgstr "<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>を使って空のディスクにファイルを書き込むことができます。CD/DVD の書き込み可能なドライブにディスクを配置すると、CD/DVD 
を作成するオプションがファイルマネージャーに現れます。ファイルマネージャーでは、他のコンピューターにファイルを転送したり、空のディスクにファイルを書き込んで<link 
xref=\"backup-why\">バックアップ</link>を取ったりすることができます。CD や DVD にファイルを書き込む方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
 msgstr "CD/DVD の書き込み可能なドライブに空のディスクをセットします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the bottom of the screen, select 
<gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
 msgstr "画面下部に<gui>空の CD/DVD-R ディスク</gui>のポップアップ通知が現れるので、そこから<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>を選択します。<gui>CD/DVD 
クリエーター</gui>のフォルダーウィンドウが開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager 
sidebar.)"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの<gui>デバイス</gui>の下の<gui>空の CD/DVD-R ディスク</gui>をクリックしてもかまいません。)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
 msgstr "<gui>ディスクの名前</gui>欄に、ディスクの名前を入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
 msgstr "ウィンドウに、対象のファイルをドラッグするかコピーします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>ディスクに書き込む</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
 msgstr "<gui>書き込み先のディスクの選択</gui>欄で、空のディスクを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a <em>disc image</em>, 
which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
 msgstr 
"(代わりに、<gui>イメージファイル</gui>を選択することもできます。これを選ぶと、ファイルを<em>ディスクイメージ</em>に書き込み、お使いのコンピューターに保存されます。その後、そのディスクイメージを空のディスクに書き込むことができます。)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and 
other options. The default options should be fine."
 msgstr "<gui>プロパティ</gui>をクリックすると、書き込み速度、一時ファイルの場所、およびその他のオプションの調整ができます。デフォルトのままでも十分です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
 msgstr "<gui>書き込む</gui>ボタンをクリックすると、書き込みが始まります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs."
 msgstr "<gui>複数のディスクの書き込み</gui>を選択した場合は、追加のディスクをセットするよう促されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or 
<gui>Close</gui> to exit."
 msgstr "ディスクの作成が完了すれば、自動的にディスクが取り出されます。<gui>別のコピーを作成する</gui> を選択するか、あるいは<gui>閉じる</gui>を選んで終了します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
 msgstr "ディスクの書き込みがうまくできなかった場合"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you 
put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
 msgstr "ときにデータの書き込みが正常にできない場合があります。コンピューターにそのディスクをセットしてもファイルを見ることはできません"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. 
Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> 
button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
 msgstr "この場合、書き込みをもう一度実行してみてください。ただし書き込み速度はより低速 (たとえば、48x よりも 12x) 
にします。低速なほど、より信頼性も高くなります。速度の選択は、<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>ウィンドウの<gui>プロパティ</gui>から可能です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
 msgstr "ファイルを非表示にして、ファイルマネージャーで表示できないようにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Hide a file"
 msgstr "ファイルを隠す"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file 
is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでは、ユーザーの判断でファイルを隠したり、表示させたりできます。隠しファイルは、ファイルマネージャーには表示されませんが、依然として存在します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of 
its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to 
<file>.example.txt</file>."
 msgstr "ファイルを隠すには、そのファイル名を <key>.</key> で始まる名前に<link 
xref=\"files-rename\">変更します</link>。たとえば、<file>example.txt</file> 
という名前のファイルを隠しファイルにするには、<file>.example.txt</file> という名前に変更してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <key>.</key> 
at the beginning of the folder's name."
 msgstr "ファイルと同じ方法でフォルダーを隠すことができます。フォルダーの名前の先頭に、<key>.</key> を配置します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Show all hidden files"
 msgstr "すべての隠しファイルを表示する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the <media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden 
Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with 
regular files that are not hidden."
 msgstr 
"フォルダー内のすべての隠しファイルを表示するには、そのフォルダーに移動し、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>
 を押します。隠しファイルでない通常のファイルと一緒に隠しファイルが表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or 
press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
 msgstr 
"そのファイルをまた非表示にするには、再び<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>
 を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Unhide a file"
 msgstr "隠しファイルを解除する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, 
find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. For example, 
to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
 msgstr "隠しファイルを解除するには、対象の隠しファイルのあるフォルダーに移動し、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq> 
とクリックします。それから、その隠しファイルを特定し、<key>.</key> で始まらないファイル名に変更します。たとえば、<file>.example.txt</file> 
という隠しファイルを元に戻すには、<file>example.txt</file> という名前に変更するとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or 
press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
 msgstr "ファイル名を変更したあとは、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示</gui></guiseq> 
とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押して、再度、他の隠しファイルを非表示にすることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To 
change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link 
xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
 msgstr "デフォルトでは、ファイルマネージャーを閉じるまでの間、隠しファイルを表示することができるだけです。この設定を変更してファイルマネージャーで常に隠しファイルを表示するには、<link 
xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a 
<key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> 
for more information."
 msgstr "ほとんどの隠しファイルは、ファイル名が<key>.</key> で始まりますが、その他には、ファイル名が <key>~</key> 
で終わるものもあります。これらは、バックアップファイルです。詳細は、<link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
 msgstr "作成した、あるいはダウンロードしたファイルが見つけられない場合は、このヒントを参考にしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Find a lost file"
 msgstr "見失ったファイルを探し出す"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips."
 msgstr "ファイルの作成やダウンロードを行ったが、それが見つからない場合は、次のヒントを参考にしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can 
search for the file by name. See <link xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
 msgstr "どこにファイルを保存したか思い出せないが、どういう名前をつけたかがある程度思い出せれば、名前でファイルを検索できます。検索方法については、<link xref=\"files-search\"/> 
を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common 
folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder."
 msgstr "ファイルをダウンロードしただけであれば、ウェブブラウザーが自動的に共通フォルダーに保存した可能性もあります。ホームフォルダー配下の \"デスクトップ\" フォルダーや \"ダウンロード\" 
フォルダーの中を確認してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, 
where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover 
a deleted file."
 msgstr 
"誤ってファイルを削除してしまった可能性があります。ファイルを削除すると、そのファイルはゴミ箱へ移動します。手動でゴミ箱を空にするまでは、ファイルはゴミ箱に残っています。削除したファイルを元に戻す方法については、<link
 xref=\"files-recover\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a 
<file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden 
Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
 msgstr "隠しファイルとみなされる名前にファイル名を変更した可能性があります。ファイル名が、<file>.</file> ではじまるか、<file>~</file> 
で終わるファイルは、ファイルマネージャーでは非表示になります。ファイルマネージャーで、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>とクリックしてください。詳細については、<link
 xref=\"files-hidden\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the 
default too."
 msgstr "ファイルの種類に関連付けされたデフォルトのものではないアプリケーションでファイルを開く。デフォルトを変えることも可能。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Open files with other applications"
 msgstr "別のアプリケーションでファイルを開く"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for 
that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the 
default application for all files of the same type."
 msgstr 
"ファイルマネージャーでファイルをダブルクリックすると、ファイルの種類に関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションでそのファイルがオープンされます。別のアプリケーションでファイルを開いたり、起動するアプリケーションをオンラインで検索したり、あるいはその種類のファイルを開くデフォルトのアプリケーションを設定したりすることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the 
application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open 
With Other Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the 
file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
 msgstr 
"デフォルトとは別のアプリケーションでファイルを開くには、ファイルを右クリックし、メニュー上部からお好みのアプリケーションを選びます。開きたいアプリケーションが見つからない場合は、<gui>別のアプリで開く</gui>をクリックします。初期設定では、そのファイルを処理できる既知のアプリケーションだけが表示されます。インストールされているすべてのアプリケーションを一覧するには、<gui>別のアプリケーションを表示する</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking 
<gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications 
that are known to handle files of that type."
 msgstr 
"それでもお望みのアプリケーションが見つからない場合は、<gui>オンラインでアプリケーションを探す</gui>をクリックしてその他のアプリケーションを探すことができます。ファイルマネージャーは、そのファイル種別を扱えるアプリケーションが含まれるパッケージをオンラインで探します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Change the default application"
 msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow 
you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your 
favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
 msgstr 
"規定の種類のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションを変更することができます。お気に入りのアプリケーションを指定することで、ファイルをダブルクリックするとそのアプリケーションで開くことができるようになります。たとえば、MP3
 ファイルをダブルクリックすれば、お気に入りの音楽プレイヤーで開けると便利でしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which 
application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
 msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更したい種類のファイルを選択します。たとえば、MP3 ファイルに関連付けられるアプリケーションを変更するには、<file>.mp3</file> 
の拡張子のファイルを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
 msgstr "ファイルを右クリックして、<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>開き方</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By default, the file manager 
only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, 
click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
 msgstr 
"お好みのアプリケーションを選び、<gui>デフォルトに設定する</gui>をクリックします。初期設定では、そのファイルを処理できる既知のアプリケーションだけが表示されます。インストールされているすべてのアプリケーションを一覧するには、<gui>別のアプリケーションを表示する</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to 
make the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended 
Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it 
from the list."
 msgstr "<gui>別のアプリケーション</gui> 
の欄に、ときどき使いたいがデフォルトにはしたくないアプリケーションがある場合は、そのアプリケーションを選択して<gui>追加</gui>をクリックしてください。<gui>推奨アプリケーション</gui>にそのアプリケーションが追加されます。ファイルを右クリックしてアプリケーションの一覧から、このアプリケーションを選択できるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same 
type."
 msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションの変更は、そのファイルだけではなく、同じ種類のファイルすべてに適用されます。"
 
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#.
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -3067,411 +3850,538 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
 msgstr "ドキュメントや、画像、ビデオ、その他のプレビューをすばやく表示および非表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Preview files and folders"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーをプレビューする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and 
press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the 
preview."
 msgstr 
"ファイルを、本格的なアプリケーションで開くことなく、さっとプレビューすることができます。任意のファイルを選択してスペースバーを押してください。シンプルなプレビューウィンドウでファイルが開きます。スペースバーをもう一度押すとプレビューを終了します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the 
preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio."
 msgstr "この組み込みのプレビュー機能は、ドキュメント、画像、ビデオ、音声のたいていのファイル形式に対応しています。プレビューでは、ドキュメントのスクロールや、ビデオや音声のシークが可能です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press <key>f</key>. 
Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> 
again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
 msgstr "プレビューをフルスクリーンで表示するには、<media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">フルスクリーン</media>ボタンをクリックするか、あるいは <key>f</key> キーを押します。もう一度、<media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">フルスクリーン</media>ボタンをクリックするか、<key>f</key> 
キーを押すと、フルスクリーンから戻ります。スペースバーを押すとプレビューを完全に終了します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
 msgstr "削除したファイルは通常ではゴミ箱に移動しますが、それを元に戻すことができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
 msgstr "ゴミ箱からファイルを元に戻す"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, 
and should be able to be restored."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーからファイルを削除すると、通常そのファイルは<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>に移動し、元に戻すことができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
 msgstr "ゴミ箱からファイルを元に戻す方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> overview."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
 msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the 
folder from where it was deleted."
 msgstr "削除したファイルがゴミ箱にあれば、それをクリックして<gui>元に戻す</gui>を選択します。削除時の元にあった場所にファイルが戻ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using 
the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be 
recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>."
 msgstr "ファイルを削除するのに、<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> 
を押したり、あるいはコマンドラインを使ったりした場合は、そのファイルは完全に削除されます。完全に削除したファイルは、<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>から元に戻すことはできません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were 
permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently 
deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it."
 msgstr 
"完全に削除したファイルを場合によって元に戻すことができる復旧ツールは数多く存在します。しかしながら、こうしたツールは一般にあまり簡単に扱えるものではありません。誤ってファイルを削除してしまった場合は、復旧方法についてサポートフォーラムなどで助言を求めると良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
 msgstr "USB フラッシュドライブ、CD、DVD、あるいはその他のデバイスの取り出し、アンマウント。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
 msgstr "外付けドライブを安全に取り出す"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before 
unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still 
using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a 
CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
 msgstr "USB 
フラッシュドライブなどの外付けストレージデバイスを使用するときは、デバイスをコンピューターから抜く前に、安全な取り出し処理を行なってください。デバイスをそのまま抜いてしまうと、アプリケーションがまだデバイスを使用中の状態で抜いてしまうリスクがあります。これは、ファイルの消失や破損につながる恐れがあります。CD
 や DVD などの光学ディスクを使用する場合も、コンピューターからディスクを取り出すまえに同様の手順を踏んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "To eject a removable device:"
 msgstr "リムーバブルデバイスを取り出す方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から、<app>ファイル</app>を開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject 
icon to safely remove or eject the device."
 msgstr "サイドバーから該当のデバイスを探します。取り出し用の小さなアイコンが名前の隣にあります。デバイスの安全な取り出しを行うには、取り出し用のアイコンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>."
 msgstr "別の方法としては、サイドバーのデバイス名を右クリックし、<gui>取り出し</gui>を選択することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
 msgstr "使用中のデバイスを安全に取り出す"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to 
safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely 
remove the device:"
 msgstr "デバイス上のファイルが開かれており、アプリケーションによって使用中である場合は、デバイスを安全に取り出すことができません。\"ボリュームは使用中です\" 
と知らせるウィンドウが表示され、デバイス上の開いているすべてのファイルが一覧表示されます。デバイスのファイルをすべて閉じると、自動的に安全な取り出し処理が行われます。そのタイミングで、デバイスを抜いたりディスクを取り出したりが可能になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Close all the files on the device."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may 
cause errors in applications that have those files open."
 msgstr 
"また、<gui>とにかくアンマウントする</gui>を選択して、ファイルを閉じることなくデバイスを取り出すこともできます。これを行うと、ファイルを開いているアプリケーションにエラーを発生させる可能性があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Change file or folder name."
 msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Rename a file or folder"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーの名前を変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change the name of a file or 
folder."
 msgstr "他のファイルマネージャーと同様に、GNOME のファイルマネージャーを使ってファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーの名前を変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
 msgstr "アイテムを右クリックし、<gui>名前の変更</gui>を選択するか、あるいはファイルを選択して <key>F2</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr "新しい名前を入力し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> 
window."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">プロパティ</link>ウィンドウからファイルの名前を変更することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file 
extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. 
<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change 
the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
 msgstr "ファイル名を変更するときは、ファイル名の前半部分だけが選択されており、拡張子 (\".\" 以降の部分) は選択されていません。通常、拡張子はファイルの種類を示しており 
(たとえば、<file>file.pdf</file> は PDF ドキュメントである)、拡張子を変更することはあまりありません。拡張子も変更する必要がある場合は、ファイル名全体を選択し、変更してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the 
action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former 
name."
 msgstr 
"誤って違うファイルの名前を変更してしまったり、あるいは、名前を付け間違えた場合は、名前の変更を元に戻すことができます。操作を取り消して前の名前に戻す場合は、すぐにツールバーの歯車のボタンをクリックして<gui>元に戻す</gui>を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Valid characters for file names"
 msgstr "ファイル名として有効な文字"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, 
however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best 
practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, 
<key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
 msgstr "ファイル名には、<key>/</key> (スラッシュ) 
を除いて、任意の文字を使用できます。しかしながら、ファイル名の条件としてより厳しい制限のある<em>ファイルシステム</em>を使用するデバイスもあります。そのため、ファイル名として次の文字を避けることが最善とされています。<key>|</key>,
 <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, 
<key>/</key>."
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will be <link 
xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager."
 msgstr "<key>.</key> で始まる名前を付けると、そのファイルをファイルマネージャーで表示しようとしても、<link xref=\"files-hidden\">表示されません</link>。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Common problems"
 msgstr "よくある問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "The file name is already in use"
 msgstr "ファイル名がすでに使われている"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a 
file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
 msgstr "ひとつのフォルダー内に、同じ名前のファイルやフォルダーを複数配置することはできません。作業中のフォルダーですでに使用されている名前を付けようとしても、ファイルマネージャーがそれを禁止します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as 
<file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
 msgstr "ファイルおよびフォルダーの名前は、大文字/小文字を区別します。たとえば、<file>File.txt</file> と <file>FILE.txt</file> 
とは、異なる名前として扱われます。このような名前付けは可能ですが、推奨されません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "The file name is too long"
 msgstr "ファイル名が長すぎる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 
character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., 
<file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder 
names where possible."
 msgstr "ファイルシステムによっては、ファイル名に 255 文字しか使用できないことがあります。255 文字の制限は、ファイル名とファイルパス (たとえば 
<file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>) も含みます。そのため、できるだけ長いファイル名やフォルダー名は避けるとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
 msgstr "名前変更のオプションがグレーアウトされている"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use 
caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. 
See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
 msgstr 
"<gui>名前の変更</gui>のオプションがグレーアウトされている場合は、そのファイル名を変更する権限が無いということです。保護されたファイルの名前を変更すると、お使いのシステムが不安定になるおそれがあるため、そのようなファイルの名前変更には注意してください。より詳細な情報については、<link
 xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
 msgstr "名称や種類に基づいてファイルを検索する。検索結果を後で使いまわせるように保存する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can 
even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder."
 msgstr 
"ファイル名やファイルの種類に基づいて、ファイルマネージャーから直接ファイルを検索することができます。よく使う検索結果を保存しておくことも可能で、検索結果が、ホームフォルダー上に特殊なフォルダーとして表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Other search applications"
 msgstr "他の検索アプリケーション"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Search"
 msgstr "検索"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
 msgstr "お探しのファイルが特定のフォルダーの下にあることがわかっていれば、そのフォルダーまで移動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "ツールバーの<gui>検索</gui>をクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your 
invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched 
regardless of case."
 msgstr "ファイル名の一部を入力し、Enter を押します。たとえば、インボイスのファイル名に \"Invoice\" という単語を含めているばあい、<input>invoice</input> 
と入力し、<key>Enter</key> を押します。大文字小文字に関係なくマッチします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
 msgstr "場所およびファイルの種類を指定して検索結果を狭めることができます。<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックして、追加の検索条件を指定します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</file> folder, or <gui>All 
Files</gui> to search everywhere."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search 
results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> button to remove this option and widen the search results."
 msgstr "ドロップダウンリストから<gui>ファイルの種類</gui>を選択すると、ファイルの種類を指定して検索結果を狭められます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you 
would from any folder in the file manager."
 msgstr "検索結果から、ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したり、あるいは他の操作を行ったりすることが可能です。ちょうどファイルマネージャーのフォルダーからファイルを操作するのと同じことです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
 msgstr "ツールバーの<gui>検索</gui>を再びクリックすると、検索画面から抜け元のフォルダーに戻ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly."
 msgstr "特定の検索をよく実行するのであれば、すばやく検索を実行できるように、検索条件を保存しておくとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Save a search"
 msgstr "検索を保存する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Start a search as above."
 msgstr "先に述べた検索処理を実行します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and select <gui>Save Search 
As</gui>."
 msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>名前を付けて検索を保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a different folder to save the 
search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a 
magnifying glass on it."
 msgstr 
"検索にたいして名前を付与し、<gui>保存</gui>をクリックします。お好みによって、検索を保存するフォルダーを指定します。そのフォルダーに行けば、保存した検索が、オレンジ色のフォルダーの上に虫メガネのあるアイコンで表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> 
the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the 
search matched."
 msgstr "保存した検索を使用し終わって削除するには、他のファイルと同様に単にその検索を<link 
xref=\"files-delete\">削除</link>するだけです。検索を削除しても、検索対象のファイルは削除されません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> を押して、似た名前を持つ複数のファイルを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Select files by pattern"
 msgstr "パターンでファイルを選択する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in 
a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters 
available:"
 msgstr "ファイル名のパターンを使って、フォルダー内のファイルを選択できます。<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> 
を押して、<gui>パターンを指定してアイテムを選択</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。ファイル名の共通部分とワイルドカード文字でパターンを入力します。次の 2 つのワイルドカード文字が使えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
 msgstr "<file>*</file> は、任意の数の任意の文字にマッチします。文字がまったく無くてもマッチします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
 msgstr "<file>?</file> は、ちょうど 1 つの任意の文字にマッチします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "For example:"
 msgstr "例:"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name 
<file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
 msgstr "OpenDocument テキスト、PDF、および画像ファイルが 1 つずつあり、それらすべてのファイル名が <file>Invoice</file> で始まる場合、次のパターンで 3 
つすべてを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
 msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, 
<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
 msgstr "<file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>、<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>、<file>Vacation-003.jpg</file> 
のようなファイル名前の写真がいくつかある場合、次のパターンでそれらすべてを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
 msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the 
end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with"
 msgstr "上記の写真ファイルがあり、そのうちいくつかのファイルを編集してファイル名の末尾に <file>-edited</file> を付け加えた場合、次のパターンで編集した写真を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
 msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
 
-msgid "Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+msgstr "相手先やデバイスへのファイル転送をファイルマネージャーから簡単に行います。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select files by pattern"
+msgid "Share files by email"
+msgstr "パターンでファイルを選択する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager."
 msgstr "相手先やデバイスへのファイル転送をファイルマネージャーから簡単に行います。"
 
-msgid "Share and transfer files"
-msgstr "ファイルの共有と転送"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+msgid "Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your computer, and your email 
account is configured."
+msgstr "この機能を利用するには、<app>Evolution</app> をインストールする必要があります。"
 
-msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or <link 
xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly from the file manager."
-msgstr "直接ファイルマネージャーから、相手先とのファイルの共有や、外部デバイスやネットワーク上の共有ディスクへの転送を簡単に行うことができます。"
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+msgid "To share a file by email:"
+msgstr "ファイルをゴミ箱へ移す方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
 msgstr "転送するファイルのある場所へ移動します。"
 
-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
-msgstr "ファイルを右クリックし、<gui>送る</gui>を選択します。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose Message</gui> window will appear 
with the file attached."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click 
<gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more information."
-msgstr "<gui>送る</gui>ウィンドウが表示されます。ファイルの送信先を指定し、<gui>送信</gui>をクリックします。詳細については、以下の宛先一覧を参照してください。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. 
Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then 
right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then 
right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
+msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then 
right-click any selected file."
 msgstr "一度に複数のファイルを送ることができます。<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら、複数のファイルを選択します。自動的に、ファイルを zip や tar 
形式のアーカイブに圧縮することができます。"
 
-msgid "Destinations"
-msgstr "宛先"
-
-msgid "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email address."
-msgstr "ファイルを E-メールで送信するには、<gui>E-メール</gui>を選択して受信者のメールアドレスを入力します。"
-
-msgid "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant Message</gui>, then select 
contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
-msgstr 
"インスタントメッセージでファイルを送信するには、<gui>インスタントメッセージ</gui>を選択します。それから、ドロップダウンリストから相手先を選択します。この機能を利用するには、インスタントメッセンジャーの起動が必要になることもあります。"
-
-msgid "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See <link 
xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
-msgstr "CD や DVD にファイルを書き込むには、<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui> を選択します。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> 
を参照してください。"
-
-msgid "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> and select the 
device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See <link 
xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
-msgstr "Bluetooth デバイスへファイルを転送するには、<gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> 
を選択して転送先のデバイスを選択します。ペアリング済みのデバイスだけが表示されます。詳細については、<link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> を参照してください。"
-
-msgid "To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've 
connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</gui>, then select the device or server where you want 
to copy the file."
-msgstr "ファイルを USB 
フラッシュドライブなどの外付けデバイスへコピーしたり、あるいは接続したサーバーへアップロードしたりするには、<gui>リムーバブル・ディスクと共有</gui>を選択し、転送先のデバイスやサーバーを選択します。"
-
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
 msgstr "名前順、サイズ順、種類順、更新日時順に、ファイルを配置します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Sort files and folders"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーを並べ替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or 
file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files. See <link 
xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
 msgstr "フォルダー中のファイルは、更新日時順やサイズ順など様々な方法で並べ替えることができます。よく利用される並び順については、下の <link xref=\"#ways\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can 
change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar."
 msgstr "利用できる並べ替え方法は、<em>フォルダーの表示形式</em>によって変わります。<gui>表示</gui>メニューから、現在の表示形式を変更できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Icon view"
 msgstr "アイコン表示"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By 
Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>."
 msgstr 
"フォルダーごとにファイルの並び順を変更できます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして、<gui>名前順</gui>、<gui>サイズ順</gui>、<gui>種類順</gui>、または<gui>更新日時順</gui>を選択します。一覧表示の場合は、列見出しをクリックします。詳細については、<link
 xref=\"files-sort\"/> を参照してください。このメニューは、現在のフォルダーにだけ適用されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by their names, in 
alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
 msgstr "たとえば、<gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui>メニューから<gui>名前順</gui>を選択すると、ファイル名のアルファベット順で並べ替えます。他の並び順については、<link 
xref=\"#ways\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the pull-down menu."
 msgstr "<gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui>メニューから<gui>逆順</gui>を選択すると、並び順を反転できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "List view"
 msgstr "一覧表示"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For 
example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse 
order."
 msgstr 
"異なる順序でファイルを並べ替えるには、ファイルマネージャー中の列見出しのどれかをクリックします。たとえば、<gui>種類</gui>をクリックすると、ファイルを種類順に並べ替えます。列見出しをもう一度クリックすると、並びが反転します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the <media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible 
Columns</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those 
columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."
 msgstr 
"一覧表示では、より多くのファイル属性の列を表示でき、その列で並べ替えることもできます。<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>表示する項目</gui></guiseq>をクリックし、表示する列を選択します。そうすると、その列を基準に並べ替えることができるようになります。利用できる項目については、<link
 xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Ways of sorting files"
 msgstr "並べ替え方法"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "By Name"
 msgstr "名前順"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
 msgstr "ファイル名のアルファベット順に並べ替えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "By Size"
 msgstr "サイズ順"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by 
default."
 msgstr "ファイルサイズ (ファイルが占めるディスク領域の大きさ) の順に並べ替えます。デフォルトでは最も小さいものから最も大きいものの順になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "By Type"
 msgstr "種類順"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by 
name."
 msgstr "ファイル種別の順に並べ替えます。同じ種類のファイルはひとまとまりになり、その中で名前順に並びます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "By Modification Date"
 msgstr "更新日時順"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
 msgstr "最後に更新した日時の順に並べ替えます。デフォルトでは、最も古いものから最も新しいものの順になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
 msgstr "カスタマイズしたファイルテンプレートから新しいドキュメントをすばやく作成します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Anita Reitere"
 msgstr "Anita Reitere"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
 msgstr "よく使うドキュメントのテンプレート"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. 
A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For 
example, you could create a template document with your letterhead."
 msgstr 
"同じ内容をベースとするドキュメントをよく作成する場合、ファイルテンプレートを利用すると良いでしょう。再利用したい書式や内容をもつどんな種類のドキュメントもファイルテンプレートにすることができます。たとえば、レターヘッドを記述したテンプレートを作成することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Make a new template"
 msgstr "新しいテンプレートを作成する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your 
letterhead in a word processing application."
 msgstr "テンプレートとして使用したいドキュメントを作成します。たとえば、ワープロソフトでレターヘッドを作成します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> folder in your 
<file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it 
first."
 msgstr "ホームフォルダー配下の<file>テンプレート</file>フォルダーにテンプレートを保存します。<file>テンプレート</file>フォルダーが存在しない場合は、まずそれを作成する必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Use a template to create a document"
 msgstr "テンプレートを使ってドキュメントを作成する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
 msgstr "新しいドキュメントを配置するフォルダーを開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">New 
Document</gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu."
 msgstr "フォルダーのどこか空白部分を右クリックし、<gui 
style=\"menuitem\">新しいドキュメントの作成</gui>を選択します。利用可能なテンプレートの名前がサブメニューに一覧表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
 msgstr "使用するテンプレートを一覧から選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
 msgstr "新規に作成したドキュメントのファイル名を入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
 msgstr "ファイルをダブルクリックで開き、編集を開始します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
 msgstr "それはバックアップファイルです。デフォルトでは非表示になっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
 msgstr "\"~\" が名前の末尾に付いたファイルは何ですか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are 
automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other 
applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
 msgstr "\"~\" が名前の末尾に付いたファイル (たとえば、<file>example.txt~</file>) 
は、テキストドキュメントなどのバックアップファイルとして自動的に生成されたものです。テキストエディターの <app>gedit</app> 
やその他のアプリケーションでドキュメントを編集するとバックアップファイルが生成されます。バックアップファイルを削除しても安全ですが、そのまま残しておいても特に害があるわけではありません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected 
<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of 
the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them 
again by repeating either of these steps."
 msgstr 
"これらのファイルはデフォルトでは表示されません。表示するには、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>
 を押します。また非表示に戻す場合は、この手順を繰り返します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for 
advice on dealing with hidden files."
 msgstr "これらのファイルは、通常の隠しファイルと同じように扱われます。隠しファイルの扱いについては、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -3480,185 +4390,337 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Files"
 msgstr "ファイル"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link 
xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
 msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーおよび検索"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
 msgstr "<app>Nautilus</app> ファイルマネージャー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Common tasks"
 msgstr "よく行う操作"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "More topics"
 msgstr "その他のトピック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
 msgstr "リムーバブルドライブと外付けディスク"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Backing up"
 msgstr "バックアップ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Tips and questions"
 msgstr "ヒントと質問"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
 msgstr "このヘルプトピックにかかわる問題の報告方法。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
 msgstr "このガイドの改良に参加する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
 msgstr "バグや改善点を報告する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you 
notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered 
but aren't), you can file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\";>bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
 msgstr "このヘルプ文書はボランティアコミュニティによって作成されています。遠慮無くご参加ください。ヘルプページに問題を見つけた場合 
(誤字、不正確な説明、あるべきトピックが無いなど)、<em>バグ報告</em>として通知することができます。<link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\";>bugzilla.gnome.org</link> から、バグ報告をしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you 
don't already have an account, click the <gui>New Account</gui> link to create one."
 msgstr "バグを報告し、そのステータスの更新をメールで受け取るためには、アカウント登録が必要です。まだアカウントを取得していない場合は、<gui>New</gui> 
のリンクをクリックして、アカウントを作成してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a 
Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a bug, please read the <link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\";>bug writing guidelines</link>, and please 
<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\";>browse</link> for the bug to see 
if something similar already exists."
 msgstr "アカウントを取得したあとは、ログインし、<guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq> 
とクリックします。バグを報告する前に、<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\";>bug writing 
guidelines</link> に目を通してください、また <link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\";>browse</link> 
から、同じような問題がすでに報告されていないかざっと確認してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If you are filing a bug 
against this documentation you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which 
component your bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
 msgstr "バグ報告にあたり、<gui>Component</gui> メニューからコンポーネントを選択します。このガイドについて報告する場合は、<gui>gnome-help</gui> 
を選択してください。どのコンポーネントが適切なのかよくわからない場合は、<gui>general</gui> を選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>enhancement</gui> 
in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
 msgstr "カバーされていないと思うトピックについてヘルプの追加を要求する場合、<gui>Severity</gui> メニューの <gui>enhancement</gui> を選択してください。Summary 
と Description の欄に記入して、<gui>Commit</gui> をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. 
Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
 msgstr "バグレポートに対して ID が割り振られます。また処理に応じてステータスが更新されます。GNOME のヘルプの改善に協力してくれてありがとう!"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Contact us"
 msgstr "連絡先"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing 
list to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team."
 msgstr "ドキュメンテーションチームへの参加方法についてより詳しく知りたい場合は、GNOME ドキュメンテーションチームのメーリングリストに<link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list 
gnome org\">メール</link>を送ってください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Petr Kovar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+msgstr "MAC アドレスとは何ですか?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While 
<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user 
interface, such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch 
applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the 
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you can also press the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Windows"
+msgid "Window list"
+msgstr "ウィンドウ"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+msgid "The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications 
and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current 
worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the 
total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and 
select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at 
the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the <link 
xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, which lets you access all your notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux 
distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select 
<gui>Log Out</gui>."
+msgstr "この変更を有効にするには、ログアウトし、再ログインしてください。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択し、ログアウトします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. The login screen appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>をクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Media card reader problems"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should 
be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting 
steps if they are not:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when 
correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, 
require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against 
something solid, do not force it.)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the inserted card appear in the 
<gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; 
click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click 
<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click 
<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader 
should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see 
the picture below)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different 
card or check the card on a different reader if possible."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is possible that your card 
reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer 
instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device 
(camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and 
are far better supported by Linux."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is a driver?"
 msgstr "ドライバーとはなんですか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and 
monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards."
 msgstr 
"デバイスとはコンピューターの物理的な\"部品\"です。デバイスは<em>外部デバイス</em>であればプリンターやモニター、<em>内部デバイス</em>であればグラフィックカードやオーディオカードのようなものを指します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with 
them. This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
 msgstr "これらのデバイスをコンピューターで利用できるようにするには、デバイスとどのように通信するかを知る必要があります。これを<em>デバイスドライバー</em>と呼ばれるソフトウェアが行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device 
to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to 
use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model."
 msgstr 
"デバイスをコンピューターに接続したとき、デバイスが動くように正しいドライバーをインストールしなければなりません。たとえば、プリンターを接続しても正しいドライバーが利用できない場合、プリンターを使うことができません。通常は、デバイスのモデルごとに他のモデルと互換性のないドライバーを利用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you 
plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all."
 msgstr 
"Linuxでは、多くのデバイスドライバーが標準でインストール済みのため、デバイスを接続すれば動作するでしょう。しかし、ドライバーは、手動でインストールしなければならないこともあれば、まったく利用できないこともあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might 
find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
 msgstr "さらに、いくつかのドライバーは不完全か一部が機能しません。たとえば、プリンターが両面印刷はできないが、その他は完璧に動作するかもしれません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Screen problems"
 msgstr "画面の問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of 
the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
 msgstr "ディスプレイに関する問題の多くは、グラフィックドライバーまたは設定に原因があります。遭遇している問題に一番近いトピックはどれですか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "ハードウェア"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, 
<link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link 
xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
 msgstr "ハードウェアとドライバー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Problems"
 msgstr "問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Hardware problems"
 msgstr "ハードウェアの問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Get live support on IRC."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "IRC"
 msgstr "IRC"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help 
and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</app>, or by using a web 
interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\";>mibbit</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathy 
documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it referred to as the \"GIMP 
network\". If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link <link 
href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tends to not reply immediately, so be patient."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\";>GNOME code of conduct</link> 
applies when you chat on IRC."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Request support by e-mail."
 msgstr "E-メールでサポートを依頼します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Mailing list"
 msgstr "メーリングリスト"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. 
Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at 
<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
 msgstr "メーリングリストはE-メールベースの議論です。GNOMEメーリングリストを使って質問することができます。たいていの GNOME 
アプリケーションは専用のメーリングリストがあります。すべてのメーリングリスト一覧は <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/> にあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
 msgstr "E-メールを送信する前にメーリングリストへの登録が必要になることがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other 
languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things 
related to Chile."
 msgstr "メーリングリストで使われているデフォルトの言語は英語です。その他の言語のユーザーメーリングリストもあります。たとえば、ドイツ語を話す人向けの <sys>gnome-de</sys> 
や、チリに関連している<sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> などがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -3667,6 +4729,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -3675,1529 +4738,2361 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
 msgstr "GNOME 3 デスクトップのユーザーズガイド"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
 msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Desktop Help"
-msgstr "デスクトップヘルプ"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "GNOME Shell トップバー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
 msgctxt "text"
-msgid "Desktop Help"
-msgstr "デスクトップヘルプ"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "GNOME Shell トップバー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</media>"
 msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">ヘルプ</media>"
 
-msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> Desktop Help"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> Desktop Help"
+msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> GNOME Help"
 msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp ロゴ</media> デスクトップヘルプ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
 msgstr "挿入位置の点滅や、点滅速度の設定を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
 msgstr "キーボードのカーソルを点滅させる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it 
easier to locate."
 msgstr "テキストフィールドにあるキーボードカーソルが見づらいときは、カーソルを点滅させて見つけやすくできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>テキストフィールドでカーソルを点滅させる</gui>にチェックをします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
 msgstr "<gui>速度</gui>のスライダーを使って、点滅の速度を調節してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
 msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+msgid "external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5='b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Juanjo Marin"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
-msgstr "お使いのキーボードを、異なる言語用のキーボードとして使用します。"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "別のキーボードレイアウトを使用する"
+#. (itstool) path: license/p
+msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
 
-msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, 
there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard 
behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. 
This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
-msgstr "キーボードには、様々な言語向けに、様々なレイアウトがあります。ひとつの言語だけでも、英語用の Dvorak 
配列など複数のレイアウトが存在することもあります。お使いのキーボードを、キーに印字されている文字や記号にかかわらず、別のレイアウトとして使用できます。この機能は、複数の言語をよく切り替える場合などに便利です。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a key found on some 
Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the 
<key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually 
depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" 
src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key icon</media>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by 
clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the 
right mouse button is not present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and 
laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated 
in combination with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>入力ソース</gui>タブを選択します。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, 
is dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> 
key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the key 
is pressed."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、レイアウトを選択して、<gui>追加</gui> をクリックします。"
+#| msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgid "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the 
<key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr "キーボードで <key>Shift</key> キーを押したまま、<key>Delete</key> キーを押します。"
 
-msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, 
or by clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
-msgstr "レイアウトのイメージをプレビュー表示できます。一覧からレイアウトを選択し、<gui><media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">プレビュー</media></gui> 
をクリックするか、レイアウトの追加時のポップアップウィンドウで<gui>プレビュー</gui>をクリックします。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the keyboard layout icon on 
the top bar. The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for 
the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
-msgstr 
"複数のレイアウトを追加した場合は、トップバーのキーボードレイアウトのアイコンからレイアウトをすばやく切り替えられます。トップバーには、現在のレイアウトを示す簡単なインジケーターが表示され、たとえば標準的な英語レイアウトの場合、<gui>en</gui>
 と表示されます。レイアウトインジケーターをクリックし、使用するレイアウトをメニューから選択してください。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually 
be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo 
on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a 
different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're 
writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered 
for each window as you switch between windows."
-msgstr 
"複数のレイアウトを使用する場合、すべてのウィンドウで同じレイアウトを使うか、あるいはウィンドウごとにレイアウトを指定するか、を選択できます。ウィンドウごとに別のレイアウトを使用するのは、たとえばワードプロセッサーのウィンドウで異なる言語で記事を書く場合などに便利です。"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows key."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can instead choose to have them use 
the layout of the window you were last using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use 
the <gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the list."
-msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、新しいウィンドウにはデフォルトのキーボードレイアウトが適用されます。あるいは、直前に使用したウィンドウと同じレイアウトを新しいウィンドウに適用することも可能です。デフォルトのレイアウトは、レイアウト一覧の最上部にあるものです。<gui>↑</gui>
 および <gui>↓</gui> ボタンを使って、レイアウトの位置を上下できます。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+msgstr "メッセージトレイは、アクティビティ画面に常に表示されています。"
 
-msgid "You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected keyboard layouts. Click 
<gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group <gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more 
keyboard shortcuts to change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold down a key, 
rather than change the layout when you press the key."
-msgstr "また、選択したキーボードレイアウトをすばやく切り替えるためのキーボードショートカットを設定できます。<gui>オプション</gui> をクリックし、<gui>配列を変更する時に使用するキー</gui> 
のオプションを探します。レイアウトを変更するキーボードショートカットをひとつあるいは複数選択します。オプションによっては、キーを押してレイアウトを切り替えるというよりも、キーを押したままにしている間だけレイアウトを変えるものもあります."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
 
-msgid "Custom options"
-msgstr "カスタムオプション"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
-msgid "You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option and behaviors. You can 
do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
-msgstr "特定のキーにいくつかのシンボルを追加したり、カスタムオプションや振る舞いを調節すると良いでしょう。この設定は、<gui>オプション</gui>をクリックして行えます。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the activities overview</gui> 
on the right."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Change the system keyboard"
-msgstr "システムキーボードを変更する"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+msgstr "さらに右側の現在のショートカット定義をクリックします。"
 
-msgid "When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can 
also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
-msgstr 
"キーボードレイアウトを変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムレイアウト</em>、つまりログイン画面などの場所で使用するキーボードレイアウトを変更することもできます。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
-msgstr "先に説明した手順で、キーボードレイアウトを変更します。"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>システム</gui>タブを選択します。"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5='bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>設定のコピー</gui>をクリックします。"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5='407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, 
or the password for the requested administrator account."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
-msgstr "レイアウトは、<gui>入力源</gui>ラベルの隣に表示されます。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
+msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+msgstr "別のキーボードレイアウトを使用する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, 
there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard 
behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. 
This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
+msgstr "キーボードには、様々な言語向けに、様々なレイアウトがあります。ひとつの言語だけでも、英語用の Dvorak 
配列など複数のレイアウトが存在することもあります。お使いのキーボードを、キーに印字されている文字や記号にかかわらず、別のレイアウトとして使用できます。この機能は、複数の言語をよく切り替える場合などに便利です。"
 
-msgid "If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard layout menu on the top bar."
-msgstr "複数のレイアウトを使用している場合は、ログイン画面では、キーボードレイアウトのメニューはトップバーに表示されます。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui> をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、レイアウトを選択して、<gui>追加</gui> をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, 
or by clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
+msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+msgstr "レイアウトのイメージをプレビュー表示できます。一覧からレイアウトを選択し、<gui><media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">プレビュー</media></gui> 
をクリックするか、レイアウトの追加時のポップアップウィンドウで<gui>プレビュー</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because 
they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" 
height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the 
language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give 
you access to the extra settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a 
different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're 
writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered 
for each window as you switch between windows."
+msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a 
different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're 
writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered 
for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select 
how you want to manage multiple layouts."
+msgstr 
"複数のレイアウトを使用する場合、すべてのウィンドウで同じレイアウトを使うか、あるいはウィンドウごとにレイアウトを指定するか、を選択できます。ウィンドウごとに別のレイアウトを使用するのは、たとえばワードプロセッサーのウィンドウで異なる言語で記事を書く場合などに便利です。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the 
standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If 
the selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This 
gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout for 
reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard 
Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and 
backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the previous one with 
<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the 
<gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
 msgstr "マウスなしでアプリケーションやデスクトップを使います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Keyboard navigation"
 msgstr "キーボード操作"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or 
who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see 
<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
 msgstr 
"このページでは、マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使用できない方や、できるだけキーボードで操作したい方向けに、キーボードによる操作方法を説明します。すべてのユーザーに便利なキーボードショートカットについては、<link
 xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric 
keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
 msgstr "マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。詳細については、<link 
xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
 msgstr "ユーザーインターフェースの操作"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<key>Tab</key> および <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves 
between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> 
itself, such as a text area."
 msgstr "キーボードフォーカスを別のコントロールに移動します。<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
は、たとえばサイドバーからメインコンテンツへ移動するなど、コントロールグループ間を移動します。また、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
は、テキストエリアなど、<key>Tab</key> 自体を使用するコントロールから抜け出すのにも使用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
 msgstr "<key>Shift</key> キーを押しながらでは、移動順序が逆転します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Arrow keys"
 msgstr "矢印キー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow 
keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a 
group."
 msgstr 
"ひとつのコントロール内のアイテム間、あるいは関連するコントロール間でフォーカスを移動します。ツールバーのボタンにフォーカスしたり、リストビューやアイコンビューのアイテムを選択したり、ラジオボタンのグループからどれかを選択したり、などの用途に矢印キーを使用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children."
 msgstr "ツリービューでは、左右の矢印キーで、サブアイテムを持つアイテムの折りたたみや展開を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>矢印キー</keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is 
selected."
 msgstr "リストビューあるいはアイコンビューでは、アイテムの選択状態を変更せずに、別のアイテムにキーボードフォーカスを移します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>矢印キー</keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item."
 msgstr "リストビューあるいはアイコンビューでは、現在選択中のアイテムから新規にフォーカスしたアイテムまで、その範囲に位置するアイテムをすべて選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<key>Space</key>"
 msgstr "<key>スペース</key>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
 msgstr "ボタン、チェックボックス、あるいはリストアイテムなど、選択したアイテムを活性化します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>スペース</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items."
 msgstr "リストビューあるいはアイコンビューでは、フォーカスしたアイテムの選択や選択解除を行います。他のアイテムには影響しません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, 
buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as 
if you had clicked on it."
 msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押した状態にすると、<em>アクセラレーター</em> 
が表示されます。アクセラレーターとは、メニューアイテムやボタン、その他のコントロールのラベルに含まれる下線付きの文字です (訳注: 
日本語ではラベル末尾の括弧内にアクセラレーターが示されていることが多くあります)。<key>Alt</key> 
キーと、コントロールラベルの下線付き文字のキーを同時に押すと、該当のコントロールをクリックしたかのように活性化します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
 msgstr "メニュー、ポップアップ、スイッチャー、あるいはダイアログウィンドウを抜けます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<key>F10</key>"
 msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus."
 msgstr "ウィンドウのメニューバーの最初のメニューを開きます。矢印キーでメニューを移動します。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
 msgstr "トップバーのアプリケーションメニューを開きます。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>、あるいは Menu キー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked."
 msgstr "現在の選択対象のコンテキストメニューを表示します。右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on 
the background and not on any item."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーにおいて、現在のフォルダーのコンテキストメニューを表示します。フォルダー中のアイテム以外の背景を右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> および 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
 msgstr "タブを使ったインターフェースにおいて、タブを左右に切り替えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Navigate the desktop"
 msgstr "デスクトップの操作"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press 
<key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature."
 msgstr "同一のアプリケーションでウィンドウを切り替えます。<key>Alt</key> キーを押さえながら、表示したいウィンドウがハイライトされるまで <key>F6</key> キーを押し、それから 
<key>Alt</key> キーを離します。これは、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> の機能と似ています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
 msgstr "ワークスペース内で開いているすべてのウィンドウを対象に、ウィンドウを切り替えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> 
to close."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知メッセージとメッセージトレイについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Navigate windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウの操作"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Close the current window."
 msgstr "現在のウィンドウを閉じます。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> または <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> 
to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
 msgstr "最大化したウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> 
で最大化します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> は、ウィンドウを最大化するのにも、元のサイズに戻すのにも両方使用できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys 
to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its 
original place."
 msgstr "現在のウィンドウを移動します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> を押してから、矢印キーでウィンドウを移動します。<key>Enter</key> 
キーで移動を完了します。あるいは、<key>Esc</key> キーで、ウィンドウを元にあった場所に戻します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow 
keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return 
it to its original size."
 msgstr "現在のウィンドウのサイズを変更します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> 
を押してから、矢印キーでウィンドウのサイズを変更します。<key>Enter</key> キーでサイズの変更を完了します。あるいは、<key>Esc</key> キーで、ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> または <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a 
maximized window to its original size."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">最大化</link>します。あるいは、最大化したウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Minimize window"
+msgid "Minimize a window."
+msgstr "ウィンドウを最小化する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to 
its previous size. Press <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to 
its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
 msgstr "ウィンドウの高さを最大にし、画面左半分に配置します。もう一度押すと、元の状態に戻します。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to 
its previous size. Press <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to 
its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
 msgstr "ウィンドウの高さを最大にし、画面右半分に配置します。もう一度押すと、元の状態に戻します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>スペース</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
 msgstr "ウィンドウメニューを表示します。ウィンドウのタイトルバーを右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
 msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
 msgstr "オンスクリーンキーボードを使い、マウスでボタンをクリックして文字入力を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
 msgstr "スクリーンキーボードを使う"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the 
<em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
 msgstr "キーボードをコンピューターに接続していない、あるいはキーボードを使いたくない場合は、<em>スクリーンキーボード</em>を有効にしてテキスト入力ができます。"
 
-msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
 msgstr "<gui>タイピング支援</gui> をオンにし、スクリーンキーボードを表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then 
click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
 msgstr "数字と記号を入力するには <gui>123</gui> ボタンをクリックします。<gui>{#*</gui> 
ボタンをクリックすれば、もっと多くの記号が入力できます。アルファベットのキーボードに戻るには、<gui>Abc</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a keyboard (next to the 
<gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make the keyboard show again, open the <link 
xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the screen), 
and click the keyboard tray item."
 msgstr 
"スクリーンキーボードが邪魔になるときは、トレイボタンの隣にあるキーボードマークのボタンをクリックして、キーボードを非表示にしてください。キーボードを再表示するには、マウスボタンを画面右下に移動して<link 
xref=\"shell-notifications\">メッセージトレイ</link>を開き、キーボードトレイのアイテムをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of 
repeat keys."
 msgstr "キーを押したままにしたときに文字を繰り返し入力するのを防いだり、リピートキーの間隔および入力速度を変更したりします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
 msgstr "キーの繰り返し入力を無効にする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until 
you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this 
feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
 msgstr 
"初期設定では、キーボードのキーを押しつづけると、離すまで文字や記号が繰り返し入力されます。すぐに指を離すことが困難であれば、この機能を無効にするか、あるいは押し下げた状態で繰り返し入力が始まるまでの間隔を変更することができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely."
 msgstr "「<gui>キーが押されたままにされたらリピートされたものとする</gui>」をオフにすると、すべてのキーの繰り返し入力が無効になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to 
begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
 msgstr 
"あるいは、<gui>間隔</gui>のスライダーを調節して、リピートが始まるまでにキーを押しつづける必要のある時間を設定してください。また、<gui>速度</gui>のスライダーを調節すれば、繰り返し入力の速度を設定できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>の設定でキーボードショートカットの割り当て、変更を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
 msgstr "キーボードショートカットを設定する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
 msgstr "キーボードショートカットに割り当てるキーを変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>ショートカット</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current 
shortcut definition will change to <gui>New accelerator...</gui>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
 msgstr "割り当てるキーコンビネーションを押すか、<key>Backspace</key> を押して設定をクリアします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
 msgstr "事前に定義されたショートカット"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:"
 msgstr "事前に設定された多くのショートカットがあり、それらは変更できます。以下のカテゴリーに分類されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Launchers"
 msgstr "ランチャー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Launch help browser"
 msgstr "ヘルプブラウザーを起動"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Disabled"
 msgstr "無効"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Launch calculator"
 msgstr "電卓を起動"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Calculator"
 msgstr "Calculator"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Launch email client"
 msgstr "メールクライアントを起動"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Mail"
 msgstr "Mail"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Launch web browser"
 msgstr "ウェブブラウザーを起動"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "WWW"
 msgstr "WWW"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Home folder"
 msgstr "ホームフォルダー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Explorer"
 msgstr "Explorer"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Navigation"
 msgstr "ナビゲーション"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
 msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 1 へ移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
 msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 2 へ移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
 msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 3 へ移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
 msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 4 へ移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを左側のワークスペースへ移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを右側のワークスペースへ移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window one workspace up"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを上側のワークスペースへ移動する"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window one workspace down"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを下側のワークスペースへ移動する"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch applications"
 msgstr "アプリケーションを切り替える"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch between windows"
+msgid "Switch windows"
+msgstr "ウィンドウを切り替える"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch windows of an application"
 msgstr "ひとつのアプリケーション内のウィンドウを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch system controls"
 msgstr "システムコントロールを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch windows directly"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを直接切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
 msgstr "ひとつのアプリケーション内のウィンドウを直接切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch system controls directly"
 msgstr "システムコントロールを直接切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Hide all normal windows"
 msgstr "すべての通常のウィンドウを隠す"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
 msgstr "ワークスペース 1 へ切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
 msgstr "ワークスペース 2 へ切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
 msgstr "ワークスペース 3 へ切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
 msgstr "ワークスペース 4 へ切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move to workspace left"
 msgstr "左側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move to workspace right"
 msgstr "右側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move to workspace above"
 msgstr "上側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>スペース</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move to workspace below"
 msgstr "下側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>スペース</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Screenshots"
 msgstr "スクリーンショット"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Take a screenshot"
 msgstr "スクリーンショットを撮る"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<key>Print</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
 msgstr "ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮る"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
 msgstr "選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮る"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
 msgstr "スクリーンショットをクリップボードにコピーする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
 msgstr "ウィンドウのスクリーンショットをクリップボードにコピーする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
 msgstr "選択領域のスクリーンショットをクリップボードにコピーする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make a screencast"
+msgid "Record a screencast"
+msgstr "スクリーンキャストの作成"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Sound and Media"
 msgstr "音とメディア"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Volume mute"
 msgstr "ミュートにする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio mute"
 msgstr "Audio mute"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Volume down"
 msgstr "音量を下げる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio lower volume"
 msgstr "Audio lower volume"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Volume up"
 msgstr "音量を上げる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio raise volume"
 msgstr "Audio raise volume"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Launch media player"
 msgstr "メディアプレイヤーを起動"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio media"
 msgstr "Audio media"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
 msgstr "再生 (あるいは再生/一時停止)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio play"
 msgstr "Audio play"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Pause playback"
 msgstr "再生を一時停止"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio pause"
 msgstr "Audio pause"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Stop playback"
 msgstr "再生を停止"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio stop"
 msgstr "Audio stop"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Previous track"
 msgstr "前のトラック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio previous"
 msgstr "Audio previous"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Next track"
 msgstr "次のトラック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Audio next"
 msgstr "Audio next"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Eject"
 msgstr "取り出し"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "システム"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Show the run command prompt"
 msgstr "コマンド実行プロンプトを表示する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Show the activities overview"
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Log out"
 msgstr "ログアウト"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Lock screen"
 msgstr "画面をロック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The message tray"
+msgid "Show the message tray"
+msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "What is a notification?"
+msgid "Focus the active notification"
+msgstr "通知メッセージとは何か"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start applications"
+msgid "Show all applications"
+msgstr "アプリケーションの起動"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+msgid "Open the application menu"
+msgstr "トップバーのアプリケーションメニューを開きます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+msgid "Typing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+msgid "Switch to next input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>スペース</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Compose key"
+msgid "Compose Key"
+msgstr "Compose キー"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Universal Access"
 msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセス"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
 msgstr "ズームのオン/オフを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Zoom in"
 msgstr "ズームイン"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Zoom out"
 msgstr "ズームアウト"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
 msgstr "スクリーンリーダーのオン/オフを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
 msgstr "オンスクリーンキーボードのオン/オフを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Increase text size"
 msgstr "文字サイズを拡大"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Decrease text size"
 msgstr "文字サイズを縮小"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "High contrast on or off"
 msgstr "ハイコントラストのオン/オフを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウ"
 
-msgid "View split on left"
-msgstr "画面左半分に表示する"
-
-msgid "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-
-msgid "View split on right"
-msgstr "画面右半分に表示する"
-
-msgid "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Activate the window menu"
 msgstr "ウィンドウメニューをアクティブにする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
 msgstr "フルスクリーンモードを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Toggle maximization state"
 msgstr "最大化/最小化の状態を切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Maximize window"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Restore window"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを戻す"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Toggle shaded state"
 msgstr "シェードの状態を切り替える"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>無効</key></keyseq>"
-
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Close window"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを閉じる"
 
-msgid "Minimize window"
-msgstr "ウィンドウを最小化する"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tile windows"
+msgid "Hide window"
+msgstr "ウィンドウを左右に並べる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Move window"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Resize window"
 msgstr "ウィンドウサイズを変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
 msgstr "ウィンドウをすべてのワークスペースに固定するかどうかを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
 msgstr "ウィンドウが覆われていれば最前面に、そうでなければ最背面に移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Raise window above other windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを最前面に移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Lower window below other windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを最背面に移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Maximize window vertically"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを垂直方向に最大化する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを水平方向に最大化する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+msgid "View split on left"
+msgstr "画面左半分に表示する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+msgid "View split on right"
+msgstr "画面右半分に表示する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "キーボードショートカットを設定する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change the default application"
+msgid "Open the Terminal application."
+msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr "新しいドキュメントを配置するフォルダーを開きます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
+msgstr "ブックマークに登録するフォルダーを開きます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make changes by running the 
<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the 
<app>dconf-editor</app> utility to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Custom shortcuts"
 msgstr "独自のショートカット"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
 msgstr "独自のキーボードショートカットを定義する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
-msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <key>+</key> button (or click the 
<key>+</key> button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> 
button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> 
window will appear."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application, then 
click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it 
<input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
 msgstr "ショートカットを識別する<gui>名前</gui>および、アプリケーションを起動する<gui>コマンド</gui>を記入し、<gui>適用</gui>をクリックします。たとえば、Rhythmbox 
を開くショートカットを定義する場合、名前を<input>音楽</input>とし、コマンドに <input>rhythmbox</input> を指定するとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to <gui>New 
accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
 msgstr "右端の<gui>無効</gui>と書かれた箇所をダブルクリックし、割り当てたいキーコンビネーションを押し下げます。"
 
-msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works 
by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the 
same name as the application itself."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command 
works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have 
exactly the same name as the application itself."
+msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works 
by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name 
as the application itself."
 msgstr 
"コマンド欄には、システムコマンドとして有効なものを指定してください。端末を起動してそのコマンドを入力することで、コマンドが機能するか確認できます。アプリケーションを起動するコマンドは、アプリケーションの名前とまったく同じとはかぎりません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click 
the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the 
command."
 msgstr 
"独自のキーボードショートカットに関連付けたコマンドを変更する場合は、ショートカットの<em>名前</em>をダブルクリックします。<gui>独自のショートカット</gui>ウィンドウが表示されるので、コマンドを編集してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor 
blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>, <link 
xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">カーソル点滅</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">キーボードのアクセシビリティ</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Keyboard"
 msgstr "キーボード"
 
-msgid "Language &amp; region"
-msgstr "言語と地域"
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui> をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
 msgstr "デスクトップの背景に画像や色、グラデーションを設定します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "April Gonzales"
 msgstr "April Gonzales"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change the desktop background"
 msgstr "デスクトップの背景を変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with 
GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these 
wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo 
management applications store photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures 
folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set as 
Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and selecting 
<guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
 msgstr "設定は即座に反映されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire 
desktop."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ワークスペースを切り替えます。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
 msgstr "画面解像度が正しく設定されてない可能性があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your 
screen."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, 
choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the 
screen look better."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), 
the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the 
screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display 
the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at 
the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both 
screens at once."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the <gui>Displays</gui> window. Change 
the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that display looks right."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
 msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen 
resolution</em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by 
changing the <em>rotation</em>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
-
-msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on display. 
Select a display in the preview area."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each 
display. Select a display in the preview area."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
 msgstr "お好みの解像度と回転方向を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That 
way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If 
you are happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change 
its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect 
Displays</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Resolution"
 msgstr "解像度"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. 
Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use 
a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the 
aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose 
one that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or 
pixelated</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Rotation"
 msgstr "回転方向"
 
-msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to 
change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> 
drop-down list."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to 
change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the 
<gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link 
xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"user-add\">ユーザーの追加</link> または <link xref=\"user-addguest\">ゲストユーザーの追加</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-changepassword\">パスワードの変更</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">管理者</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "sort"
 msgid "Sound"
 msgstr "Sound"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Sound"
 msgstr "サウンド"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:topic"
 msgid "Sound"
 msgstr "サウンド"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and 
headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link 
xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Basic sound"
 msgstr "基本のサウンド"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Music and players"
 msgstr "音楽とプレイヤー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Music and portable audio players"
 msgstr "音楽とポータブルオーディオプレイヤー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Photos"
 msgstr "写真"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
 msgstr "写真とデジタルカメラ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Videos"
 msgstr "ビデオ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Videos and video cameras"
 msgstr "ビデオとビデオカメラ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help 
improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link 
xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">このガイドを使用するヒント</link>, <link 
xref=\"get-involved\">このガイドの改良に協力する</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">メーリングリスト</link>, <link 
xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Get more help"
 msgstr "もっと詳しく"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
 msgstr "思いがけずクリックを防ぐためにタイプ中はタッチパッドを無効にします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
 msgstr "タイプ中にタッチパッドを無効にする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes 
cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again 
a short time after your last key stroke."
 msgstr 
"ラップトップ上のタッチパッドは、タイプ中に手首を置く場所にあるため、たまに思いがけずクリックしてしまう原因になります。タイプ中にタッチパッドを無効にすることができます。最後のキー入力のあと少ししてからタッチパッドを動作することができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブを選択します。<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブはタッチパッドがあるコンピューターでのみ利用できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
 msgstr "ダブルクリックするために必要なマウスボタンのクリック速度を設定します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
 msgstr "ダブルクリックの間隔を調節する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second 
press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have 
difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
 msgstr "ダブルクリックは、マウスボタンをすばやく 2 度クリックすることによって行えます。1 回目と 2 回目のクリック間隔が長すぎた場合は、ダブルクリックではなく、シングルクリックを 2 
度別々に行ったことになります。マウスボタンをすばやく押すことが難しければ、クリック間隔を延ばすことをお勧めします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."
 msgstr "<gui>ポインターの速度</gui> で、ポインターの動きがちょうど良くなるまで、<gui>加速</gui>と<gui>感度</gui>のスライダーを調節してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in the window will highlight 
the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the 
double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if 
that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the 
same problem."
 msgstr 
"ダブルクリックの間隔を長くしたにもかかわらず、ダブルクリックをしようとしてシングルクリックになってしまう場合は、マウスが故障している可能性があります。お使いのコンピューターに別のマウスを挿して、期待どおりに動作するか確認してみてください。あるいは、お使いのマウスを別のコンピューターで試してみて、同じ問題がまだ発生するか確認してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device."
 msgstr "この設定は、マウスとタッチパッド、またその他のポインティングデバイスにも影響を与えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
 msgstr "マウスの設定でマウスの左右のボタンを入れ替えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
 msgstr "左手でマウスを使う"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more 
comfortable for left-handed use."
 msgstr "左手でマウスをより快適に利用できるように、マウスやタッチパッドの左右のボタンの動作を交換できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to <gui>Right</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more."
 msgstr "マウスの中ボタンを使って、アプリケーションを開く、テキストを貼り付ける、タブを開く、などなどを行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Middle-click"
 msgstr "中クリック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can 
usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you 
can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
 msgstr 
"多くのマウスや一部のタッチパッドには中ボタンが付いています。スクロールホイール付きのマウスでは、一般的にスクロールホイールを押し下げて中クリックを行います。中ボタンが無い場合は、左右のボタンを同時に押すことで中クリックできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. 
You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this 
to work."
 msgstr "マルチタップをサポートするタッチパッドでは、指 3 本でタップして中クリックを行えます。この機能を利用するには、タッチパッドの設定で、<link 
xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">タップによるクリックを有効にする</link>必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
 msgstr "多くのアプリケーションが、拡張的なショートカット機能を中クリックに当てています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) 
Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text 
is pasted at the mouse position."
 msgstr "よくあるショートカット機能のひとつが、選択テキストの貼り付けです 
(これは時に一時選択貼り付けと呼ばれることもあります)。対象のテキストを選択し、貼り付ける箇所に移動して中クリックします。選択したテキストが、マウスのある位置に貼り付けられます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. 
Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle 
mouse button."
 msgstr 
"中ボタンで貼り付けるテキストは、通常のクリップボードとは完全に独立しています。選択したテキストがクリップボードにコピーされるわけではありません。この簡単な貼り付け方法は、中ボタンを使った場合だけ機能します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one 
page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the 
location you clicked."
 msgstr "スクロールバーやスライダーでは、その空き領域で通常のクリックを行うと、ある一定の量だけ (ページ単位など) 
クリックした方向へ移動します。また、空き領域を中クリックすると、ちょうどクリックした位置に移動することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its 
own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the 
left, or in the applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid button in the 
dash."
 msgstr 
"<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面では、中クリックを使って、アプリケーションの新規ウィンドウを新しいワークスペースに開くことが簡単にできます。画面左のダッシュボードかアプリケーション一覧にある、アプリケーションのアイコンを中クリックするだけです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click 
any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the 
<app>Firefox</app> web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, 
it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar 
and pressed <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr "たいていのウェブブラウザーでは、中クリックを使ってリンクをタブで開くことができます。ただリンクを中クリックするだけで、新しいタブでそのリンクを開きます。ただし、ウェブブラウザーの 
<app>Firefox</app> でリンクをクリックするときは注意してください。<app>Firefox</app> では、リンク以外の任意の箇所を中クリックすると、選択したテキストを URL 
として扱い、それをロードしようとします。選択テキストをロケーションバーに中クリックで貼り付け、<key>Enter</key> を押した場合と同じような挙動をします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a 
new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, 
just as if you had double-clicked."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでは、中クリックに 2 
種類の機能があります。フォルダーを中クリックすると、新しいタブでフォルダーを開きます。これはよくあるウェブブラウザーの挙動をまねたものです。ファイルを中クリックすると、ファイルを開きます。ちょうど、ダブルクリックと同じような挙動になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search 
your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
 msgstr "特殊なアプリケーションには、中ボタンに他の機能を割り当てているものもあります。アプリケーションのヘルプで、<em>中クリック (middle-click)</em> や、<em>中ボタン 
(middle mouse button)</em> などをキーに検索してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
 msgstr "マウスキーを有効にして、キーパッドでマウス操作を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
 msgstr "キーパッドを使ってクリックやマウスポインターの操作を行う"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer 
using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
 msgstr "マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。この機能は<em>マウスキー</em>と呼ばれています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give keyboard focus to the top 
bar."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、キーボードフォーカスをトップバーにあてます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access 
menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr "左右の矢印キーを使い、<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</link>を選択し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr "上下の矢印キーを使い、<gui>マウスキー</gui> を選択し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer 
using the keypad."
 msgstr "<key>Num Lock</key>が OFF になっていることを確認してください。キーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを動かすことができるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select 
<gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more accessibility options."
 msgstr "この説明は、キーボードだけを使いマウスキーを有効にする最短方法を述べています。アクセシビリティオプションの詳細については、<gui>ユニバーサルアクセスの設定</gui>を開いてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If 
you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function 
(<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on 
a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
 msgstr "キーパッドとは、キーボードの数字キーをひとまとめにしたものです。通常は四角の格子状に並んでいます。お使いのキーボードにキーパッドが無い場合 (ラップトップ用キーボードなど)、ファンクション 
(<key>Fn</key>) キーを押しながら、キーボードの何か別のキーをキーパッドの代わりとして使う場合があります。この機能をラップトップ上でよく使うのであれば、外付けの USB 
キーパッドを購入するとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move 
the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click 
once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click."
 msgstr "キーパッドの各数字は移動方向へ対応しています。たとえば、<key>8</key> キーを押すとポインターは上に移動し、<key>2</key> キーを押すと下に移動します。<key>5</key> 
キーでクリックができ、すばやく 2 回押すとダブルクリックとなります。"
 
-msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. 
Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See 
<link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the 
left mouse button."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space 
bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. 
See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or 
the left mouse button."
+msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus 
is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to 
right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
 msgstr 
"ほとんどのキーボードには右クリックの動作をする特殊なキーが付いており、多くの場合スペースバーの近くにあります。しかしながら、そのキーは、キーボードのフォーカスがあたっているものにたいして反応するのであって、マウスポインターの位置は関係ないことに注意してください。<key>5</key>
 キーを押したままにしたり、マウスの左ボタンを使ったりして右クリックを行う方法については、<link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> 
on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
 msgstr "マウスキーを使っているときにキーパッドで数字入力をしたい場合は、<key>Num Lock</key> をオンにしてください。ただし、<key>Num Lock</key> 
がオンになっているときはキーパッドでマウスポインターを操作することはできません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. 
Only the keypad number keys can be used."
 msgstr "キーボードの上部に並んでいる通常の数字キーでは、マウスポインターを操作することはできません。キーパッドの数字キーだけが使えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If 
it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the 
green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not 
plugged in."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, 
and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says 
<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the 
name of the mouse to the left of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then 
the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your 
computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is <link 
xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link 
xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it 
working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or 
vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse 
if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, 
the mouse may be broken."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Checking wireless mice"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the 
mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. 
See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, 
so might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set 
to the same channel."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The 
instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you 
have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. 
The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
 msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドを使うときのポインター速度を変更します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
 msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドの速度を調節する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust 
the pointer speed for these devices."
 msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドを操作したときに、ポインターの動きが早すぎたり遅すぎたりする場合は、ポインティングデバイスの感度および加速の調節をすることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you."
 msgstr "<gui>ポインターの速度</gui> で、ポインターの動きがちょうど良くなるまで、<gui>加速</gui>と<gui>感度</gui>のスライダーを調節してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable 
settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the 
<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
 msgstr 
"感度と加速は、マウスおよびタッチパッドのそれぞれにたいして個別に設定できます。一方のデバイスの最適な設定が、他方にも最適であるとはかぎりません。<gui>マウス</gui>タブと<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブの両方でスライダーを設定してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
 msgstr "タッチパッドでタップやジェスチャーを使ってクリックやスクロールを行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
 msgstr "タッチパッドでクリックやスクロールする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware 
buttons."
 msgstr "ボタンを利用せずにタッチパッドを使って、クリックやダブルクリック、ドラッグ、スクロールができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
 msgstr "クリックするにはタッチパッドをタップします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
 msgstr "ダブルクリックするには2回タップします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you 
want it, then lift your finger to drop."
 msgstr "アイテムをドラッグするには、ダブルタップを行いますが2回目のタップの後、指を上げません。移動したいところにアイテムをドラッグし、指をはなしてドロップします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. 
Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a 
method of right-clicking without a second mouse button."
 msgstr 
"タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、いちどに2つの指でタップすることで右クリックすることができます。サポートしていない場合は右クリックボタンが必要です。マウスの副ボタンを使わず右クリックする方法については<link
 xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by 
tapping with three fingers at once."
 msgstr "タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、 3つの指を同時にタップして<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">中クリック</link>ができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. 
If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger."
 msgstr "複数の指でタップかドラッグをしている時、指が十分に離れているか確認してください。もし指が近くにある場合、コンピューターは1つの指と識認する可能性があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Two finger scroll"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
 msgstr "タッチパッドの端か2つの指を使ってタッチパッドでスクロールできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two 
fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal 
scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your 
fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your 
touchpad."
 msgstr 
"<gui>スクロール</gui>の下にある<gui>二指でのスクロール</gui>を選ぶと、2つの指でスクロールします。二指でのスクロールを選んだ場合、1つの指でのタップやドラッグは通常に動きますが、タッチパッドの一部を2つの指で交差して指を動かすことでスクロールの代わりとなります。<gui>水平スクロールを有効にする</gui>も選んだ場合、2つの指で左右平行に指を動かすと、水平にスクロールします。指が少し離れているか注意してください。もし指が近くにある場合、タッチパッド大きな1つの指のように認識します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
 msgstr "2つの指でのスクロールは、すべてのタッチパッドで機能しないかもしれません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
 msgstr "マウスが応答する前に揺らしたりクリックしなければならない場合。"
 
-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
+msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
 msgstr "マウスが動きはじめるのが遅い"
 
-msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they will 
work. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad 
you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they 
will work. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or 
touchpad you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they start 
working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or 
touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
 msgstr "ラップトップのタッチパッドと同じように、無線や光学マウスも動作する前に \"ウェイクアップ\" 
が必要です。マウスやタッチパッドは、バッテリーを維持するため使わないときは自動的にスリープとなります。マウスボタンをクリックするかマウスを揺らして、マウスやタッチパッドをウェイクアップすることができます。"
 
-msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they will start working. This is 
to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link 
xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they will start working. This 
is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link 
xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is 
to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link 
xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
 msgstr "ラップトップのタッチパッドは、入力を止めたあと機能するまでに遅れが正じることがあります。これはタイプ中に思いがけず手のひらでタッチパッドを触ってしまうことを防ぐためです。詳細は <link 
xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and 
sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">左手で利用する</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">速度と感度</link>, <link 
xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">タッチパッドでクリックとスクロール</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Mouse"
 msgstr "マウス"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Common mouse problems"
 msgstr "よくあるマウスの問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Common problems"
 msgstr "よくある問題"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Mouse tips"
 msgstr "マウスのヒント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Tips"
 msgstr "ヒント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Tips"
 msgstr "ヒント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be \"copy protected\"."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, 
especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to 
play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play 
MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see 
a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to 
install support for that format so that you can play it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might 
be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can 
play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of 
this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally 
need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported 
on Linux."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\";>Electronic 
Frontier Foundation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in 
the file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy 
songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work 
because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which 
music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before 
unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This 
will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application 
you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which 
is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the 
music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the 
appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not 
be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate 
codec."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "My new iPod won't work"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized 
properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using 
the <app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led 
through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, 
<gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's an audio player."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your 
music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the File Manager. 
You should see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for 
the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty 
Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and 
underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the 
device as an audio player."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click 
<gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio 
player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player 
is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it should say in its manual if it is."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>.is_audio_player</input> 
file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check 
that it is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
 msgstr "シングルクリックによるファイルオープン、実行可能なテキストファイルの起動、およびゴミ箱関連の動作の設定を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Sindhu S"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの動作設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are 
handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and 
select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
 msgstr 
"ファイルを開くのにシングルクリックを使うかダブルクリックを使うか、実行可能なテキストファイルをどのように扱うか、またゴミ箱に関する動作についての設定を行うことができます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>動作</gui>タブを開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Behavior"
 msgstr "動作"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
 msgstr "<gui>シングルクリックでアイテムを開く</gui>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
 msgstr "<gui>ダブルクリックでアイテムを開く</gui>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have 
files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the 
<key>Ctrl</key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
 msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、シングルクリックでファイルを選択し、ダブルクリックでファイルを開きます。代わりに、シングルクリックでファイルやフォルダーを開くようにもできます。シングルクリックモードでは、<key>Ctrl</key>
 キーを押しながらクリックすることで、1 つ以上のファイルを選択できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Executable text files"
 msgstr "実行可能なテキストファイル"
 
-msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as 
a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, 
respectively."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as 
a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, 
respectively."
+msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as 
a program. The most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> scripts. These have 
extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>.pl</file>, respectively."
 msgstr "実行可能なテキストファイルとは、実行できるプログラムを含んだファイルのことです。<link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">ファイルのアクセス権</link>としてプログラムとして実行する権限が与えられている必要もあります。最もよく見られるものとしては、シェルスクリプトや、Python
 スクリプト、Perl スクリプトがあります。それぞれ拡張子は、.sh、.py、.pl となります。"
 
-msgid "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, <gui>View executable 
text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window 
will appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
-msgstr 
"<gui>開いたら実行可能なテキストファイルを実行する</gui>、<gui>開いたら実行可能なテキストファイルの中身を表示する</gui>、あるいは<gui>毎回確認する</gui>のいずれかを選択できます。最後のオプションを有効にすれば、選択したテキストファイルを実行するか、中身を表示するかを確認するウィンドウが表示されます。"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the 
selected text file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in 
<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the <gui 
style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files 
will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+msgstr "デスクトップの操作"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select the desired file."
+msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the 
<gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder 
showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "File manager trash preferences"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのゴミ箱設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Trash"
 msgstr "ゴミ箱"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
 msgstr "<gui>ゴミ箱を空にする/ファイルを削除する前に確認する</gui>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming 
that you would like to empty the trash or delete files."
 msgstr "このオプションはデフォルトで選択されています。ゴミ箱を空にする操作が行われると、確認メッセージが表示され、本当にゴミ箱を空にする/ファイルを削除するか尋ねられます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
 msgstr "<gui>\"削除\" (ゴミ箱を経由しない) をメニューに追加する</gui>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that pops up when you right-click 
on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
 msgstr "このオプションを選択すると、<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションでの右クリックのポップアップメニューに<gui>削除</gui>メニュー項目を追加します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is 
removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item."
 msgstr 
"<gui>削除</gui>メニューオプションを使ってアイテムを削除すると、ゴミ箱を経由せずに完全に削除します。該当のアイテムはお使いのシステムから完全に削除されます。削除したアイテムを復旧する方法はありません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのブックマークの追加、削除、名前変更を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
 msgstr "フォルダーブックマークを編集する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
 msgstr "登録されたブックマークは、ファイルマネージャーの<gui>ブックマーク</gui>メニューにリストアップされています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Add a bookmark:"
 msgstr "ブックマークを追加する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
 msgstr "ブックマークに登録するフォルダーを開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
 msgstr "ブックマークを削除する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from the app menu."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the <key>-</key> 
button."
 msgstr "<gui>ブックマークの編集</gui>ウィンドウで、削除するブックマークを選択し、<gui>削除</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
 msgstr "ブックマークの名前を変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
 msgstr "<gui>ブックマークの編集</gui>ウィンドウで、名前を変更するブックマークを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
 msgstr "<gui>名前</gui>欄に、ブックマークの新しい名前を入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two 
different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't 
be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the 
folder it points to."
 msgstr "ブックマークの名前を変更しても、フォルダー名が変更されるわけではありません。2 
つの異なるフォルダーがそれぞれ異なる場所にあり、ともに同じフォルダー名だった場合は、ブックマークの名前が同じになってしまい、区別することが難しくなります。このような場合に、フォルダー名とは別の名前をブックマークに付けると便利です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
 msgstr "FTP、SSH、Windows 共有、あるいは WebDAV を使って 他のコンピューターのファイルを表示、編集します"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
 msgstr "サーバーや共有ディスクのファイルを閲覧する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if 
they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to 
share files with other people on your local network."
 msgstr 
"ファイルサーバーや共有ディスクに接続し、ちょうど手元のコンピューターのファイルにアクセスするのと同じように、ネットワーク上のファイルにアクセスできます。インターネット上でファイルのダウンロードやアップロードをしたり、ローカルネットワーク内のユーザーとファイルを共有したりするときに、この機能は便利です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the 
<gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar. The file manager will 
find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to 
connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually 
connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
 msgstr 
"ネットワーク上のファイルを閲覧するには、まず<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から、<app>ファイル</app>を開き、ファイルマネージャーを起動します。次に、ファイルマネージャーのサイドバーの<gui>ネットワークを表示</gui>をクリックするか、<gui>移動</gui>メニューの<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を選択します。ファイルマネージャーは、お使いの
 LAN からファイルサーバーを見つけ出します。インターネット上のサーバーに接続する場合や、あるいはお探しのサーバーが見つからない場合は、サーバーのアドレスを手動で入力して接続してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Connect to a file server"
 msgstr "ファイルサーバーに接続する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Connect to Server</gui> from 
the app menu."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーで、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui> <gui>サーバーへ接続</gui></guiseq>とクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on 
supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
 msgstr "サーバーのアドレス、種類、その他必要な情報を入力します。それから <gui>接続する</gui> をクリックします。サーバー種類の詳細については、<link 
xref=\"#types\">以下の一覧</link>を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the <gui>Recent Servers</gui> 
list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse 
the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so 
you can access it quickly in the future"
 msgstr "新しいウィンドウが開き、サーバー上のファイルが表示されます。お手元のコンピューターのファイルを閲覧するのと同じように、サーバーのファイルを閲覧できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Writing URLs"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address that refers to a location 
or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the 
address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a user name is required, it is inserted before the server 
name:"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the 
address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Types of servers"
 msgstr "サーバーの種類"
 
-msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. 
Other servers require you to log in with a user name and password."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to 
connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user name and password."
+msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. 
Other servers require you to log in with a username and password."
 msgstr "さまざまな種類のサーバーに接続できます。サーバーによっては、誰でも接続できるよう公開されているものもあれば、ユーザー名とパスワードを使ってログインしなければならないものもあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public 
FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
 msgstr "権限がなく、サーバーのファイルにたいする特定の操作ができないこともあります。たとえば、公開 FTP サイトでは、ファイルの削除はおそらくできないでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "SSH"
 msgstr "SSH"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web 
hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to 
log in."
 msgstr "サーバーに <em>Secure Shell</em> アカウントがあれば、それを使って接続できます。多くの web ホストは、メンバー向けの SSH 
アカウントを提供しており、安全にファイルのアップロードができます。SSH サーバーを利用する場合、必ずログインしなければなりません。ログインに、SSH 鍵を使用する場合は、パスワード欄は空欄のままにしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on 
your network can't see it."
 msgstr "SSH を使用する場合、すべての送信データ (パスワードを含む) は暗号化されるので、ネットワークの他のユーザーがその内容を盗聴することはできません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "FTP (with login)"
 msgstr "FTP (要ログイン)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many 
servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to 
upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
 msgstr "FTP はインターネット上でファイルを交換するポピュラーな方法です。FTP ではデータは暗号化されないため、多くのサーバーが SSH 
によるアクセスを提供しています。しかしながら、ファイルのアップロードやダウンロードをするのに、FTP が使える、あるいは使わなければならないサイトは、まだ存在します。ログインした FTP 
サイトでは、通常ファイルの削除やアップロードが可能です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Public FTP"
 msgstr "公開 FTP"
 
-msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These 
servers do not require a user name and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. 
These servers do not require a user name and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload 
files."
+msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These 
servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
 msgstr "ファイルのダウンロードが可能なサイトは、公開されており、匿名 (Anonymous) での FTP 
アクセスができることがときどきあります。こうしたサーバーでは、ユーザー名やパスワードは不要ですが、ファイルの削除やアップロードは通常できません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and password, or with a public 
user name using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> 
method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and password, or with a 
public user name using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with 
login)</gui> method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public 
username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> 
method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
 msgstr "匿名 FTP 
サイトによっては、パブリックなユーザー名とパスワード、あるいはパブリックなユーザー名とパスワードとしてあなたのメールアドレスを使ったログインが必要になることもあります。こうしたサーバーにアクセスする場合は、<gui>FTP
 (要ログイン)</gui> を選択し、接続先 FTP サイトが指定する認証情報を使用してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Windows share"
 msgstr "Windows 共有"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a 
Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If 
you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file 
manager."
 msgstr "Windows コンピューターは、プロプライエタリのプロトコルを使って LAN 上でファイル共有を行います。Windows 
ネットワークのコンピューターは、組織化し、より適切にアクセス制御するために、<em>ドメイン</em>にグルーピングされることがときどきあります。リモートのコンピューターへの適切な権限があれば、ファイルマネージャーから 
Windows の共有ファイルにアクセスできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
 msgstr "WebDAV および Secure WebDAV"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local 
network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, 
you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your 
password."
 msgstr "Web で使われる HTTP プロトコルをベースにして、ローカルネットワーク上でファイルを共有したり、インターネット上にファイルを保存したりするのに、WebDAV 
がときどき使用されます。サーバーがセキュアな接続をサポートする場合は、それを利用した方がよいでしょう。Secure WebDAV は強力な SSL 
暗号を使用しており、他のユーザーがあなたのパスワードを覗き見ることはできません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
 msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -5206,1381 +7101,1865 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーで使用されるアイコンの見出しを設定します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "File manager display preferences"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのアイテム設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top 
bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
 msgstr "アイコンの下に表示する情報を設定できます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>アイテム</gui>タブを開いてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Icon captions"
 msgstr "アイコンの見出し"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "File manager icons with captions"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーにおける見出し付きアイコン"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in 
a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it 
was last modified."
 msgstr "アイコン表示では、ファイルやフォルダーの追加情報を選択して、各アイコンの下の見出しに表示できます。ファイルの所有者や更新日時についてたびたび参照する必要がある場合などに、この機能は役立ちます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the <gui>Zoom</gui> 
options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose 
up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only 
be shown at very large sizes."
 msgstr "ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>を選択することで、フォルダー内で拡大表示ができます。拡大表示をすれば、より多くの情報が見出しに表示されます。表示項目は 3 
つまで選択できます。最初の項目は、たいていのズームレベルで表示されます。最後の項目は、かなり拡大した状態でないと表示されません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. 
See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."
 msgstr "アイコンの見出しに表示される情報は、一覧表示で表示できる列と同じものです。詳細については、<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take 
effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr 
"ファイルマネージャーのウィンドウを開いた状態では、見出しの変更を適用するには再読み込みが必要になることもあります。<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>再読み込み</gui></guiseq>とクリックするか、あるいは、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>
 を押してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
 msgstr "基本的なファイル情報の表示、アクセス権の設定、およびデフォルトのアプリケーションの選択を行います。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "File properties"
 msgstr "ファイルプロパティ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can 
also select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーに関する情報を表示するには、アイテムを右クリックして<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。アイテムを選択して 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq> を押すことでも、情報を表示できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and 
when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link 
xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon 
captions</link>."
 msgstr "ファイルプロパティのウィンドウでは、ファイルの種類や、サイズ、更新日時などの情報を確認できます。こうした情報がよく必要になる場合は、<link 
xref=\"nautilus-list\">一覧表示の列</link>や<link 
xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">アイコンの見出し</link>に表示することができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link 
xref=\"files-open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and 
videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
 msgstr "<gui>基本</gui>タブの情報については以下で説明します。<gui><link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">アクセス権</link></gui>や<gui><link 
xref=\"files-open#default\">開き方</link></gui>のタブもあります。画像や動画など、特定の種類のファイルについては追加のタブがあり、幅や高さ、再生時間、コーデックなどの情報を確認できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Basic properties"
 msgstr "基本プロパティ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "名前"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties 
window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
 msgstr "この欄を変更することで、ファイル名の変更ができます。プロパティウィンドウ以外でも名前の変更は可能です。<link xref=\"files-rename\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "種類"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. 
The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't 
open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this."
 msgstr "この情報は、PDF ドキュメント、OpenDocument テキスト、あるいは JPEG 
画像など、ファイルの種類を識別するのに役立ちます。ファイルの種類によって、どのアプリケーションがそのファイルを開くのに適しているかが決まります。たとえば、音楽プレイヤーで画像は開けないなど。<link 
xref=\"files-open\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that 
computers use to refer to the file type."
 msgstr "ファイルの <em>MIME 型</em>が括弧内に表示されます。MIME 型はファイルの種類を示すのにコンピューターで使用される標準的な方法です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Contents"
 msgstr "内容"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps 
you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted 
as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is 
empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
 msgstr "この欄は、ファイルではなくフォルダーのプロパティを参照する場合に表示されます。フォルダーに含まれるアイテムの数を確認するのに便利です。フォルダーが内部に他のフォルダーを含む場合は、内部の各フォルダーは 
1 件として数えられ、さらにそのフォルダーの内部にもアイテムがあればそれらも計上されます。各ファイルも 1 件として数えられます。フォルダーの中身が無い場合は、<gui>無し</gui>と表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Size"
 msgstr "サイズ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how 
much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it 
in an email (big files take longer to send/receive)."
 msgstr 
"この欄は、フォルダーではなくファイルを参照する場合に表示されます。ファイルのサイズに関するこの情報は、該当のファイルがディスク領域に占める大きさを示します。この欄は、ファイルをダウンロードしたり、E-メールで送信したりするのにどれくらい時間が掛かるかの目安にもなります
 (大きなファイルは送受信に時間が掛かります)。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will 
also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
 msgstr "サイズの表示単位は、バイト、KB、MB、あるいは GB になります。後者 3 つのいずれかの場合は、バイト単位でのサイズも括弧内に表示されます。厳密には、1 KB は 1024 バイト、1 MB は 
1024 KB (以下、同様) となります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Location"
 msgstr "場所"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique 
\"address\" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to 
find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its location 
would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
 msgstr 
"各ファイルがコンピューターのどこに配置されているかを、<em>絶対パス</em>で示します。これは、お使いのコンピューターにおける、ファイルの一意な「アドレス」となるものであり、そのファイルを見つけるのに通過する必要のある一連のフォルダーで構成されています。たとえば、Jim
 が <file>Resume.pdf</file> という名前のファイルを、彼のホームフォルダーに置いているとすれば、そのファイルの場所は、<file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file> 
となります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Volume"
 msgstr "ボリューム"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically 
stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share 
or file server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk 
partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> too."
 msgstr "該当のファイルが保存されているファイルシステムやデバイスを示します。この情報は、そのファイルの物理的な保存場所を示しており、たとえば、ファイルが、お使いのコンピューターのハードディスクにあるのか、CD 
にあるのか、あるいは、ネットワーク上の共有ディスクやファイルサーバーにあるのかがわかります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Free Space"
 msgstr "空き容量"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk 
that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full."
 msgstr "これはフォルダーだけに表示されます。そのフォルダーのあるディスクにおいて利用可能なディスク容量を示しています。この情報は、ハードディスクがいっぱいになっていないか確認する場合に便利です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Accessed"
 msgstr "アクセス日時"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
 msgstr "最後にファイルを開いた日時です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Modified"
 msgstr "更新日時"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
 msgstr "最後にファイルの内容を変更したり、保存した日時です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
 msgstr "あなたのファイルやフォルダーを誰が参照できて、誰が編集できるかを制御します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Set file permissions"
 msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権を設定する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the 
permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the 
<gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
 msgstr 
"ファイルのアクセス権限を利用して、あなたの所有するファイルを誰が参照でき、誰が編集できるかを制御することが可能です。ファイルのアクセス権を確認および設定するには、ファイルを右クリックして<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択し、それから<gui>アクセス権</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of 
permissions you can set."
 msgstr "設定可能なアクセス権の種類の詳細については、以下の <link xref=\"#files\"/> および <link xref=\"#folders\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Files"
 msgstr "ファイル"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. 
For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a 
file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
 msgstr 
"ファイルの所有者、所有グループ、およびシステム上のその他のユーザーのアクセス権を設定することができます。あなたのファイルについてはあなたが所有者であり、自分にたいして読み込み専用の権限あるいは読み書き権限を設定できます。誤ってファイルを変更したくない場合は、ファイルを読み込み専用にしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have 
their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes 
used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the 
file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a 
group you belong to."
 msgstr 
"お使いのコンピューターのどのユーザーも何らかのグループに所属しています。家庭用コンピューターでは、各ユーザーが自分自身のグループに所属しているのが一般的であり、グループの権限が使用されることはあまりありません。企業環境では、グループが、部署やプロジェクトにあわせてグループを活用することがときどきあります。各ファイルには、1
 つの所有者が設定されているのと同じように、1 
つの所有グループが設定されています。ファイルのグループを設定することによって、そのグループに属する全ユーザーの権限を制御できます。ファイルに設定できるグループは、あなたが属しているグループだけです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group."
 msgstr "ファイルの所有者でも、所有グループに属するユーザーでも無い、その他のユーザーの権限も設定できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as 
program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an 
application or ask you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
 msgstr 
"ファイルがスクリプトなどのプログラムである場合、それを実行するには、<gui>プログラムとして実行できる</gui>のオプションを選択してください。このオプションが設定されていても、ファイルマネージャーはそのファイルを何らかのアプリケーションで開くこともあれば、どうするか確認することもあります。詳細は
 <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Folders"
 msgstr "フォルダー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file 
permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
 msgstr "フォルダーにたいして所有者、グループおよびその他ユーザーの権限を設定できます。所有者、グループおよびその他ユーザーについては、上記のファイルの権限を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
 msgstr "フォルダーにたいして設定できる権限は、次の点でファイルの権限とは異なります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "なし"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
 msgstr "ユーザーは、そのフォルダーに含まれるファイルを確認することもできません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "List files only"
 msgstr "表示のみ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or 
delete files."
 msgstr "ユーザーは、そのフォルダーに含まれるファイルを確認することができます。しかし、ファイルを開いたり、新規作成したり、削除したりすることはできません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Access files"
 msgstr "アクセスのみ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the 
particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
 msgstr "ユーザーは、そのフォルダーのファイルを開くことができます (該当ファイルに対する権限があるかぎりで)。しかし、ファイルの新規作成や削除はできません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Create and delete files"
 msgstr "作成と削除"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
 msgstr "ユーザーは、フォルダーへの完全なアクセス権を持ち、ファイルを開いたり、新規作成したり、削除したりすることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking <gui>Change 
Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or 
folders, and click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to 
any depth."
 msgstr 
"また、<gui>ファイルのアクセス権</gui>のドロップダウンリストと<gui>実行</gui>オプションを使用して、フォルダーにあるすべてのファイルのアクセス権を簡単に変更できます。変更しない属性については、ドロップダウンリストを
 <gui>---</gui> のままにし、<gui>実行</gui>オプションのチェックボックスを、ON/OFF どちらでもない状態 (横線) にします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
 msgstr "一覧表示の列に表示する列を設定します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの一覧表示項目の設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click 
<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to 
select which columns will be visible."
 msgstr "一覧表示の列に表示できる情報は 9 
項目あります。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>一覧の項目</gui>タブを開いて、表示する項目を有効にしてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected 
columns will appear."
 msgstr "<gui>上げる</gui>および<gui>下げる</gui>ボタンを使って、選択した項目の表示順を指定してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
 msgstr "フォルダーやファイルの名前が表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is 
given as bytes, KB, or MB."
 msgstr "フォルダーのサイズは、該当のフォルダー配下に含まれるアイテム数が表示されます。ファイルのサイズは、バイト、KB、MB 単位で表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
 msgstr "フォルダー、あるいは、PDF ドキュメント、JPEG 画像、MP3 オーディオなどのファイルの種類が表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
 msgstr "最後にファイルを更新した日時が表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Owner"
 msgstr "所有者"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
 msgstr "フォルダーやファイルの所有者名が表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Group"
 msgstr "グループ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are 
sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project."
 msgstr 
"ファイルの所有グループが表示されます。ご家庭のコンピューターでは各ユーザーは自分自身のグループに属しています。グループは、企業環境などで活用されることがあり、ユーザーは、部署やプロジェクトなどに応じたグループに所属していたりするでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Permissions"
 msgstr "アクセス権"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
 msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権が、たとえば <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui> のように表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> 
means directory (folder)."
 msgstr "上の例の先頭文字 <gui>-</gui> はファイルタイプを示しています。その文字が <gui>-</gui> であれば通常のファイルを意味し、<gui>d</gui> であればディレクトリ 
(フォルダーのこと) を意味しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
 msgstr "その次の 3 文字 <gui>rwx</gui> は、そのファイルの所有者の権限を示しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
 msgstr "その次の 3 文字 <gui>rw-</gui> は、そのファイルの所有グループに属する全ユーザーの権限を示しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the 
system."
 msgstr "最後の 3 文字 <gui>r--</gui> は、システム上のその他の全ユーザーの権限を示しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
 msgstr "ひとつひとつの文字の意味は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "r : Read permission."
 msgstr "r : 読み取り権限"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "w : Write permission."
 msgstr "w : 書き込み権限"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "x : Execute permission."
 msgstr "x : 実行権限"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "- : No permission."
 msgstr "- : 権限なし"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "MIME Type"
 msgstr "MIME 型"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
 msgstr "アイテムの MIME 型が表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The path to the location of the file."
 msgstr "ファイルの場所を示すパスが表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "File manager preferences"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
 msgstr "ファイルのサムネイル表示に関する設定をします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "File manager preview preferences"
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのプレビュー設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can 
be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> 
in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
 msgstr 
"ファイルマネージャーには、画像、動画、テキストファイルなどをプレビューできるサムネイルが表示されます。大きなファイルやネットワーク上のファイルをプレビューすると、処理が遅くなってしまう可能性があるので、プレビューの動作を制御することができます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>プレビュー</gui>タブを開いてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on your computer or 
connected external drives. You can set this feature to <gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file 
manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network 
or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you 
may want to set the preview option to <gui>Always</gui>."
 msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、<gui>ローカルファイルのみ</gui>が指定され、お使いのコンピューター上接続された外付けドライブ上のローカルファイルに対してだけプレビューが有効になります。<gui>常に</gui>あるいは<gui>しない</gui>を指定することもできます。ファイルマネージャーからは、LAN
 やインターネット上の<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">他のコンピューターのファイルを閲覧</link>できます。LAN 
上のファイルをよく閲覧し、高帯域幅のネットワークをお使いであれば、プレビューオプションの<gui>常に</gui>を選択するとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting to limit the size of 
files previewed."
 msgstr "また、<gui>ファイルの最大サイズ</gui>を設定して、プレビューするファイルのサイズを制限できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link 
xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many 
files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or 
over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local 
external drives."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">一覧表示の列</link>や、<link 
xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">アイコンの見出し</link>にファイルサイズを表示している場合、フォルダーのサイズ情報として、該当のフォルダーの配下に含まれるファイルやフォルダーの数が表示されます。フォルダーに含まれるアイテムを計上すると、とりわけ巨大なフォルダーやネットワークを介する場合などは、処理が遅くなってしまう可能性があります。この機能を有効/無効にしたり、あるいは、お使いのコンピューターやローカルの外付けデバイスのファイルだけにたいして有効にしたりできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
 msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの、デフォルトの表示方法、並び順、ズームレベルを指定します。"
 
-msgid "File manager views preferences"
-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの表示設定"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+msgstr ""
 
-msgid "You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the 
zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file 
manager window, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the 
<gui>Views</gui> tab."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the 
zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file 
manager window, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the 
<gui>Views</gui> tab."
+msgid "You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the 
zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select 
<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in the top bar 
while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style=\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
 msgstr 
"新しいフォルダーのデフォルトの表示形式や、ファイルやフォルダーのデフォルトの並び順、アイコン表示およびコンパクト表示でのズームレベル、またサイドバーのツリーにファイルも表示するか、などの設定ができます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>表示</gui>タブを開いてください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Default view"
 msgstr "デフォルトの表示"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "View new folders using"
 msgstr "新しいフォルダーの表示形式"
 
-msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for each folder as you browse 
by clicking the list button or the icons button in the toolbar. If you often use the list view, you can set 
it here as the default."
-msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、新しいフォルダーはアイコン表示になります。ツールバーの一覧ボタンとアイコンボタンをクリックして、閲覧対象の各フォルダーの表示形式を選択できます。一覧表示をよく使用するのであれば、一覧表示をデフォルトに設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as 
the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the 
<gui style=\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as a grid of icons</gui> 
button in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Arrange items"
 msgstr "アイテムの並び順"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By 
Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in 
list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder."
-msgstr 
"フォルダーごとにファイルの並び順を変更できます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして、<gui>名前順</gui>、<gui>サイズ順</gui>、<gui>種類順</gui>、または<gui>更新日時順</gui>を選択します。一覧表示の場合は、列見出しをクリックします。詳細については、<link
 xref=\"files-sort\"/> を参照してください。このメニューは、現在のフォルダーにだけ適用されます。"
-
-msgid "To change the default order used in new folders, use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in 
the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last 
accessed, or when they were trashed."
+#| msgid "To change the default order used in new folders, use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list 
in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last 
accessed, or when they were trashed."
+msgid "You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the <gui>Arrange items</gui> 
drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when 
they were last accessed or when they were trashed."
 msgstr 
"新しいフォルダーに使用されるデフォルトの並び順を変更するには、設定画面で<gui>アイテムの並び順</gui>のドロップダウンリストを使用します。名前順、サイズ順、種類順、更新日時順、アクセス日時順、またはゴミ箱への移動日時順が選択できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an individual folder by 
clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and 
choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by 
clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder."
+msgstr 
"フォルダーごとにファイルの並び順を変更できます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして、<gui>名前順</gui>、<gui>サイズ順</gui>、<gui>種類順</gui>、または<gui>更新日時順</gui>を選択します。一覧表示の場合は、列見出しをクリックします。詳細については、<link
 xref=\"files-sort\"/> を参照してください。このメニューは、現在のフォルダーにだけ適用されます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Sort folders before files"
 msgstr "フォルダーをファイルより前に配置する"
 
-msgid "By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and files will each be 
arranged according to the selected sort order. If you would rather not treat folders specially and have them 
mixed with files according to the sort order, deselect this option."
-msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、すべてのフォルダーはファイルより前に表示されます。フォルダーとファイルは、せんたくした並び順にもとづいてそれぞれ配置されます。フォルダーを特別扱いせずに、ファイルと混ぜて配置する場合は、このオプションを無効にしてください。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed 
before files, enable this option."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
 msgstr "隠しファイルとバックアップファイルを表示する"
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See <link 
xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show hidden files in an individual window by 
selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu in the toolbar. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or 
want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this option."
-msgstr "デフォルトでは、隠しファイルや隠しフォルダーは表示されません。隠しファイルの詳細については、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> 
を参照してください。ツールバーの下矢印メニューから<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui>を選択して、個別のウィンドウごとに隠しファイルを表示できます。常に隠しファイルを表示したい場合や、ファイルマネージャーのどのウィンドウでも隠しファイルを表示したい場合は、このオプションを有効にしてください。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</link> and folders by 
default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
+msgid "You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, 
from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Icon view defaults"
 msgstr "アイコン表示の規定値"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Default zoom level"
 msgstr "デフォルトのズームレベル"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do this in an individual 
folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar 
and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a 
larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can 
also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, 
<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can 
set the default with this option."
 msgstr 
"アイコン表示におけるアイコンや文字を拡大したり縮小したりできます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>、<gui>縮小</gui>、または<gui>通常サイズ</gui>を選択することで、個別のフォルダーごとに指定できます。頻繁にズームレベルの指定をするのであれば、このオプションでデフォルト値を設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
 
-msgid "In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See <link 
xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See <link 
xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
+msgid "In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">captions</link> are shown 
based on your zoom level."
 msgstr "アイコン表示では、表示される見出しの数がズームレベルによって変わります。詳細については、<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> 
を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "List view defaults"
 msgstr "一覧表示の規定値"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do this in an individual 
folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar 
and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a 
larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do 
this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View 
options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal 
Size</gui>."
 msgstr 
"一覧表示におけるアイコンや文字を拡大したり縮小したりできます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>、<gui>縮小</gui>、または<gui>通常サイズ</gui>を選択することで、個別のフォルダーごとに指定できます。頻繁にズームレベルの指定をするのであれば、このオプションでデフォルト値を設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software 
running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses 
that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect 
Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating 
systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security 
problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the 
moment."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing 
between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the 
software installer or search online; a number of applications are available."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">Silverlight 
support</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">既定のブラウザーの変更</link>、<link xref=\"net-install-flash\">Flash 
のインストール</link>、<link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">Silverlight のサポート</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
 msgstr "Ubuntu ドキュメンテーションチーム"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Web Browsers"
 msgstr "ウェブブラウザー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>システム設定</gui>の<gui>詳細</gui>パネルから既定のウェブブラウザーを変更します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
 msgstr "ウェブサイトを開くウェブブラウザーの変更"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to 
that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you 
wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
 msgstr 
"何かのアプリケーションでウェブページへのリンクをクリックすると、ウェブブラウザーが自動で立ち上がり、そのページを開きます。しかしながら、複数のブラウザーがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるブラウザーでページが開く場合もあります。既定のウェブブラウザーを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of 
the window."
 msgstr "<gui>詳細</gui>を開き、ウィンドウ左側の一覧から<gui>既定のアプリケーション</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
 msgstr "<gui>ウェブ</gui>オプションを変更し、リンクを開くのに使用するウェブブラウザーを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any 
more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself 
as the default browser again."
 msgstr "別のウェブブラウザーを起動すると、それがもう既定のブラウザーではないことを通知するブラウザーもあります。こういう場合は、<gui>キャンセル</gui>ボタン (あるいは類似のもの) 
をクリックして、そのブラウザーを既定のブラウザーに設定し直さないようにできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>システム設定</gui>の<gui>詳細</gui>パネルから既定のメールクライアントを変更します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
 msgstr "メール作成に使うアプリケーションの変更"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing 
application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you 
have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix 
this by changing which one is the default email application:"
 msgstr "メール送信用のボタンやリンクをクリックすると 
(たとえばワープロソフト上で)、既定のメールクライアントが起動し、メールを作成できるようになります。しかしながら、複数のメールクライアントがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるクライアントが起動する場合もあります。既定のメールクライアントを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> 
option."
 msgstr "<gui>メール</gui>オプションを変更して、デフォルトで使用するメールクライアントを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email."
 msgstr "ウイルスがあなたのコンピューターに感染する可能性は大きくありませんが、あなたがメールを送った相手先のコンピューターに感染する可能性があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
 msgstr "メールのウイルススキャンをする必要がありますか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A 
common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
 msgstr "ウイルスとは、コンピューターに侵入して問題を引き起こすプログラムです。コンピューターへの感染経路として多く見られるものは、メールを経由するものです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link 
xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email 
with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need 
to scan your email for viruses."
 msgstr "Linux が動作しているコンピューターに感染するウイルスはめったにありません。そのため、あなたが、<link 
xref=\"net-antivirus\">メールやその他の媒体を通じてウイルスに感染する可能性は大きくありません</link>。ウイルスがひそんだメールを受信しても、おそらくお使いのコンピューターには何も影響しないでしょう。そういう意味では、メールのウイルススキャンをする必要はないと言えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one 
person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a 
virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the 
second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to 
prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software 
of their own anyway."
 msgstr "しかしながら、ある人から送られてきたウイルスメールをうっかり別の人に転送してしまう場合があるので、メールスキャンはしておいた方がよいでしょう。たとえば、ウイルスに感染した Windows 
機を使う友達が、あなたにウイルスメールを送信してしまい、さらにあなたがそのメールを、Windows 機を使う別の友達宛に転送したとしましょう。この場合、2 
番目の友達もウイルスに感染してしまう恐れがあります。メールスキャンを行うアンチウイルスソフトをインストールしてこうした問題を避けられますが、よく起きることではありませんし、いずれにせよ Windows や Mac OS 
を使用する人のほとんどは自分でアンチウイルスソフトを導入しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">既定のメールクライアント</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
 msgstr "GNOME ドキュメンテーションプロジェクト"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Email &amp; email software"
 msgstr "メールとメールソフトウェア"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Find your IP address"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be 
surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal 
network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, 
depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to block programs from being 
accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone 
view your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may 
need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable other 
computers on the network to access a service, you may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. 
You may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to 
access it or not. Which port you need to change will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the 
service</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your 
firewall."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like 
file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to <link 
xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports 
in use, so this table isn't complete."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Port"
 msgstr "ポート"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Description"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "5353/udp"
 msgstr "5353/udp"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
 msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to 
specify the details manually."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "631/udp"
 msgstr "631/udp"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Printing"
 msgstr "印刷"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "631/tcp"
 msgstr "631/tcp"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "5298/tcp"
 msgstr "5298/tcp"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Presence"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as 
\"online\" or \"busy\"."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "5900/tcp"
 msgstr "5900/tcp"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Remote desktop"
 msgstr "リモートデスクトップ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "3689/tcp"
 msgstr "3689/tcp"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
 msgstr "音楽の共有 (DAAP)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> 
and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, 
but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for 
example, if it is a file server)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui>) and click 
<gui>Configure</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or if you want to set up a 
new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> information into the 
appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing 
which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS servers</gui> box. This 
is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers 
have dedicated DNS servers."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; 
WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and 
interactive web pages."
 msgstr "YouTube など、動画やインタラクティブなページを提供するウェブサイトを表示するには、Flash のインストールが必要になる場合があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
 msgstr "Flash プラグインのインストール"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use 
interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash."
 msgstr "<app>Flash</app> は、ウェブブラウザーの<em>プラグイン</em>で、一部のウェブサイトの動画を試聴したり、インタラクティブなページを操作したりできるようになります。Flash  
がなければ表示できないウェブサイトがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a 
website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. 
Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer 
(package manager) too."
 msgstr "Flash が必要になるページを閲覧したときに Flash がインストールされていない場合、おそらくその旨のメッセージが表示されます。Flash は、ほとんどのウェブブラウザー向けに無料で 
(ただしオープンソースではありせん) ダウンロードできます。たいていの Linux ディストリビューションでは、そのソフトウェアインストーラー (パッケージマネージャー) 経由で Flash をインストールできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
 msgstr "パッケージマネージャーからインストールできる場合の Flash の利用手順は、次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
 msgstr "パッケージマネージャーを起動し、<input>flash</input> で検索します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> or similar and click to 
install it."
 msgstr "<gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui> や <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> など類似のものを探し、クリックしてインストールします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should 
realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using 
Flash."
 msgstr "ウェブブラウザーのウィンドウを開いている場合は、一度ウィンドウを閉じて開き直します。ウェブブラウザーを開き直すと、Flash がインストールされたことが検出され、Flash 
を使用するウェブサイトを閲覧できるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
 msgstr "パッケージマネージャーからインストールできない場合の Flash の利用手順は、次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\";>Flash Player download website</link>. Your 
browser and operating system should be automatically detected."
 msgstr "<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\";>Flash Player のダウンロードサイト</link> 
にアクセスします。お使いのブラウザーとオペレーティングシステムの種類が自動的に検出されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the type of software installer 
that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> 
option."
 msgstr "<gui>ダウンロードするバージョンを選択してください</gui>と書かれた場所をクリックし、お使いの Linux 
ディストリビューションに合ったもの選択します。どれを使えばよいかわからない場合は、<file>.tar.gz</file> を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\";>installation instructions for 
Flash</link> to learn how to install it for your web browser."
 msgstr "お使いのウェブブラウザー用のインストール方法については、<link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\";>Flash 
のインストール手順を</link>参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
 msgstr "Flash のオープンソースによる代替実装"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than 
the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for 
example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
 msgstr "ほんのわずかですが、Flash のフリーでオープンソースの代替実装が提供されています。これらは、いくつかの点 (たとえば、サウンド再生のハンドリング) においては、Flash 
プラグインよりも優秀な傾向がありますが、それ以外の点 (たとえば、複雑な Flash ページによっては表示できないなど) では、Flash プラグインよりも劣ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would 
like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
 msgstr "Flash Player に満足できなかったり、可能なかぎりオープンソースソフトウェアを使用したい場合は、これらを試してみるとよいでしょう。選択肢としては次のものがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "LightSpark"
 msgstr "LightSpark"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Gnash"
 msgstr "Gnash"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages."
 msgstr "Silverlight を使ってウェブページを表示するウェブサイトがあります。Moonlight プラグインがあれば、こうしたページを閲覧できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
 msgstr "Silverlight プラグインのインストール"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you to watch videos 
and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
 msgstr "<app>Silverlight</app> 
は、ウェブブラウザーの<em>プラグイン</em>で、一部のウェブサイトの動画を試聴したり、インタラクティブなページを操作したりできるようになります。Silverlight 
がなければ表示できないウェブサイトがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see 
a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these 
instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
 msgstr "Silverlight 
が必要になるページを閲覧したときにプラグインがインストールされていない場合、おそらくその旨のメッセージが表示されます。そのメッセージにはプラグインの入手方法に関する説明が載っているでしょうが、その説明は、お使いのウェブブラウザーや
 Linux 向けウェブブラウザーには対応していないでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the <em>Moonlight</em> plug-in 
instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux."
 msgstr "Silverlight が必要になるウェブサイトを閲覧したい場合は、代わりに、<em>Moonlight</em> プラグインをインストールするとよいでしょう。これは、Linux で動作する 
Silverlight のフリーなオープンソース実装です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using their software 
installer; just open the installer and search for <input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
 msgstr "Linux ディストリビューションによっては、パッケージマネージャーを使って Moonlight 
をインストールできるものがあります。パッケージマネジャーを開き、<input>Silverlight</input> あるいは <input>Moonlight</input> で検索するだけです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the <link 
href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\";>Moonlight website</link> for more information and installation 
instructions."
 msgstr "お使いのディストリビューションが Moonlight のパッケージを提供していない場合は、<link 
href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\";>Moonlight のウェブサイト</link>を参照し、詳細な情報とインストール手順を確認してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is a MAC address?"
 msgstr "MAC アドレスとは何ですか?"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of 
network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, 
and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 
<code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left 
(depending on which device you want to check)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" a MAC address</link>. For 
example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their 
service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work 
anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Manually set network settings"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to 
manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. 
If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network 
switch."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click <gui>Configure</gui>. For 
example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in. Otherwise, you won't 
be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> and <em>default gateway 
IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or 
<key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods 
(e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by 
commas."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the top bar 
and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, 
for example."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the 
computer will be able to connect to it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they 
probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless 
connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it 
up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to 
connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left 
(depending on which network connection you want to change)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able 
to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin 
password to save the changes. Only <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further 
details."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the 
connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can 
<em>connect</em> using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative 
rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only 
highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection 
is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage 
their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the 
connection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, 
depending on which connection you want to change."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able 
to manage/edit themselves and then click <gui>Options</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will 
now be able to manage the connection themselves."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi network</link>…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Network problems"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Define proxy settings"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "What is a proxy?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to 
fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are 
commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent 
you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Change proxy method"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on the left side of the 
window."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Manual"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols 
are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Automatic"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen 
configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Steven Richards"
 msgstr "Steven Richards"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason 
that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. 
Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux 
is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security 
features included with each distribution."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always 
vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems 
unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if 
that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level 
permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing 
anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be 
useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link 
xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">basic 
firewalls</link>…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of 
day."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "The internet seems slow"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing 
the slow down."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then 
reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between 
several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the 
connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the 
case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. 
You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the 
evenings, for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or 
watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, 
it will feel slower."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand 
areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or 
simply unreliable."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see 
if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong 
signal."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area 
where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a 
fast \"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of 
reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the 
browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the 
browser again to see if this makes a difference."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Connect to a VPN"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the 
internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a 
business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your 
workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network 
connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> 
to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending 
on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the 
VPN and see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and 
search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and 
install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow 
some different instructions to get that working."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your 
username and password as you go."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to <gui>VPN 
Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - 
the network icon will change as it tries to connect."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN 
settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and 
going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui> 
under the name of your VPN connection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is an IP address?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a 
network (like the internet) has one."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that 
identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers 
that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 
<code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily 
assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. 
Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when 
there is a special need for them, such as administering a server."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network 
icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you 
are connected."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One 
end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the 
other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network 
setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without 
some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or 
switch."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you 
will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Wired Networking"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without 
a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such 
as to a wired network or over the cellular network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
 msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from 
that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click 
<gui>Create Hotspot</gui> to confirm."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on 
the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just 
created."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not 
allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other 
reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off 
airplane mode again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and Bluetooth connections."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range 
to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network you want to connect to."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> to see if the network is 
further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), 
enter the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base 
station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars 
indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might 
not be very reliable."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-noconnect\">may be asked for 
your password again</link> or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a 
number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the 
wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See 
<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet 
connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to 
the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two connections 
are actually different, and so will run at different speeds."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay 
connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network 
icon on the top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if 
you were using the internet at the time."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Weak wireless signal"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless 
networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able 
to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base 
station can also weaken the signal."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, 
try moving closer to the wireless base station."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected 
at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only 
partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to 
finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer 
was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so 
wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is 
annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections 
from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider 
getting some different hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Busy wireless networks"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many 
computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to 
handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network 
connection. To edit a connection, select it in the <gui>Network</gui> settings, then click 
<gui>Options</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't 
need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more 
advanced networks."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Connect automatically"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever 
it is in range."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to 
the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't 
disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Available to all users"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless 
network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked 
this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be 
able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to 
change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Wireless"
 msgstr "無線"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "SSID"
 msgstr "SSID"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the <em>Service 
Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, 
by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Mode"
 msgstr "モード"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where 
computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where 
there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are 
infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and 
<gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate 
on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only 
<gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In 
busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your 
connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "BSSID"
 msgstr "BSSID"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network 
which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of 
letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Device MAC address"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network 
hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can 
connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC アドレス</link>はネットワークハードウェア(たとえば無線カードや Ethernet 
ネットワークカード、ルーターなど)を識別するためのコードです。ネットワークに繋ぐことができるすべてのデバイスには、メーカーで設定された一意の MAC アドレスが割り当てられています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
 msgstr "このオプションはネットワークカードの MAC アドレスを変更するために使用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Cloned MAC address"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if 
you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable 
broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service 
will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "MTU"
 msgstr "MTU"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the maximum size of a chunk of 
data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small 
chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost 
(due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this 
setting."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Wireless Security"
 msgstr "無線セキュリティ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "セキュリティ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help 
protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what 
websites you're visiting and so on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless 
networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of 
security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> 
for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "IPv4 Settings"
 msgstr "IPv4 設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it 
should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The following methods are available:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
 msgstr "自動 (DHCP)"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP server</em>. A DHCP server 
is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings 
your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the 
correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will 
have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which 
IP address the computer should use."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
 msgid "Link-Local Only"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP 
server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the 
computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful 
if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that 
<gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same 
network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "IPv6 Settings"
 msgstr "IPv6 設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern 
networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you 
might be out of range."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of 
networks which appears when you click the network icon on the top bar."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the 
first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the 
right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and 
see if the network appears in the list after a while."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved 
to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different 
way</link> if it is a hidden network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless network."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden networks won't show up 
in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of 
wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click 
<gui>Connect</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network 
name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like 
this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't 
know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but 
it is still detectable."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off 
and on again…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless 
password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check 
that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in 
hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you 
have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure 
you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select 
<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try 
turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for 
more information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to 
use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be 
selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use 
trial and error to go through the different options."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't 
connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative 
wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</em>). 
See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a 
better one."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
 msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A 
<em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work 
properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which 
work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of 
the options below:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these 
lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the 
list for your distribution (for example, <link 
href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\";>Ubuntu</link>, <link 
href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\";>Fedora</link> or <link 
href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make and model of 
wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers 
working."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</em> and <em>open 
source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the 
correct driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" version, it may 
not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see 
if they have any Linux drivers."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your 
distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on 
another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For 
wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you 
use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have 
Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more 
about how to use NDISwrapper <link 
href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\";>here</link>. Note that 
not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get 
that working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check 
that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the 
computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
 msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a 
network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an 
error message, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your 
wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "*-network\n"
@@ -6589,948 +8968,1369 @@ msgid ""
 "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of 
device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your 
computer has (<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link 
xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few 
years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network 
controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one 
corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, 
<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything 
related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "USB wireless adapter"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly 
into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to 
wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not 
actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or 
network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like 
<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of 
what the entry might look like:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB 
Card"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. 
They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically 
update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The 
changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can 
identify it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. 
After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything 
related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers 
may not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on 
which Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include 
mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting 
steps."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
 msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many 
wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a 
note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, 
like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information 
can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. 
These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its \"firmware\" version, or 
the components (chipset) it uses."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download 
software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network 
cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting 
steps."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
 msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to 
make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless 
connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into 
your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned 
on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of 
keyboard keys."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. You should also check 
that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list 
of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for 
each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: Connected</code> in 
the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router 
may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical 
problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP 
for support."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, 
click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you 
cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Performing an initial check"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Checking your hardware"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others 
like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Using the command line"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> 
(Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each 
step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as 
they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless 
connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at 
which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA 
stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these 
standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your 
wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">Hidden 
networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit connection settings</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Wireless Networking"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-email\">email accounts</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
 msgstr "ネットワーク、ウェブ、メール、およびチャット"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is 
different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can 
only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One 
is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many 
programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like 
watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult 
to predict."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. 
Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can 
be made."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn 
how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager 
is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it 
recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your 
energy bill and help the environment."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "General tips"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This 
significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"power-off\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for longer 
periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is 
not the case."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for 
longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but 
this is not the case."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are 
a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically 
dim</link> the display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the display 
brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically 
suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are 
a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; 
reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically 
suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; powering the screen accounts 
for a significant fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop 
power consumption."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the 
brightness."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. 
These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard 
shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "More advanced tips"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they 
have more work to do."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, 
applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power 
consumption."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. 
There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect 
a big difference."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very 
low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when 
it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is 
worse for the battery."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get 
any warmer than it has to."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement 
battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. 
Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The 
processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, 
so the battery should last longer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running 
Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS 
that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often 
highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly 
what they are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> 
helps, though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you 
might find that changing its settings is also useful."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is 
different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the 
different methods give different estimates."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link 
xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not 
actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, 
try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely 
supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find 
that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link 
xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying 
to suspend when you close the lid."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for 
that behavior. To set the computer to blank the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with 
the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command and press 
<key>Enter</key>:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the 
cooling system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control 
their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so 
the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows 
full control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be 
installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical 
process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific 
advice on how to do it for your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that 
it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool 
enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You 
can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and documents are stored and the 
computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still 
be open when you switch on the computer again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</link> in many cases, which 
can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your 
computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Test if hibernate works"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong 
and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> 
or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を表示します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>Activities 
overview</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr "新しい名前を入力し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Enable hibernate"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> command when you 
want to hibernate."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to 
create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the 
following to the file and save:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "My computer gets really hot"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part 
of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that 
it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing 
to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their 
heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be 
uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get 
additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If 
this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust 
and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if 
kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove 
heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that 
prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of 
minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you 
may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the 
laptop on your lap."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from 
becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is 
overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically <link 
xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this to make sure that the battery does not completely 
discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time 
to shut down properly either."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening <app>Power</app> from the 
<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose 
for the computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will 
not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the applications and 
documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose 
some of your work if you did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link 
xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume 
properly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet 
connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the <link 
xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving 
features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
 msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and then switch it off again"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC 
frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as 
long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some 
laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If 
not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel 
adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if 
there is one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look 
at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may 
be a small switch marked \"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you 
can."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> 
your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. 
This could be because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a 
screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, 
just press it once)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a 
key on the keyboard again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you 
will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your 
hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working 
battery), it will switch off."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications 
are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and 
the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had 
installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have 
shut down instead of hibernating."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware does not 
support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. 
You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, it is probably 
a problem with drivers on your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet 
connection, mouse, or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the 
device does not properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with 
the driver</link> and not the device itself."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device 
will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in 
again and see if it works."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your 
computer for the device to start working again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents 
remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still 
switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key 
or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link 
xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test 
suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong 
and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to 
save power."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in 
order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "My computer will not turn on"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview 
of some of the possible reasons."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are 
switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the 
charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly 
fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to 
get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components 
(such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it 
may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep 
codes</em>, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different 
manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's 
motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power 
button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in 
for repairs."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Natalia Ruz"
 msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-off\">power off</link>, <link 
xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, 
<link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link 
xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Power &amp; battery"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Battery settings"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Power problems"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and 
rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">brightness</link>…"
+msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and 
rotation</link>, brightness…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link 
xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Display &amp; screen"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">region and 
formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link 
xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, <link 
xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard\">キーボード</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">マウス</link>, <link 
xref=\"prefs-display\">ディスプレイ</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">言語</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-accounts\">ユーザーアカウント</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "User &amp; system settings"
 msgstr "ユーザー設定およびシステム設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the 
<gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your 
printer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your 
printer to see how it works."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages 
per side</gui> option to do this."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the 
application you are using. This option may not always be available."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Print folded booklets"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a 
special order and changing a couple of printing options."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by 
choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 
4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To print a booklet:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Examples:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To print:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One Sided</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Print a booklet"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate 
number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as 
PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
 msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>検索結果の保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>, 
placing the blank pages at the end."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Jana Svarova"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Cancel a print job"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the print so you don't need 
to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to 
waste any ink or paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop symbols."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> button 
on your printer."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> 
button on your printer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, 
remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and 
will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then 
on again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to 
pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer 
settings and click the appropriate button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog and 
either pause or release the print job based on your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 
paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
 msgid "Portrait"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
 msgid "Landscape"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
 msgid "Reverse portrait"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
 msgid "Reverse landscape"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is 
especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your 
printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to 
the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't 
do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of 
envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's 
in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is 
printed on to see which way is the right way up."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check 
your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an 
envelope in."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of 
your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing 
(HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> 
shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link 
href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\";>list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels 
application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink 
levels."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
+msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
+msgid "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更することができます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or location of a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change file or folder name."
+msgid "Change printer name"
+msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
+msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
+msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更することができます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
+msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
+msgstr "トップパネルにあるアクセシビリティのアイコンをクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change the default application"
+msgid "Change printer location"
+msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更する"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
+msgstr "ファイルの場所を示すパスが表示されます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Reverse"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse 
order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To reverse the order:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. 
The last page will be printed first, and so on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Collate"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number 
by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). 
<em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To Collate:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> check <gui>Collate</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. 
Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but 
carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's <gui>Resume</gui> button to start 
printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then 
start the print job again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -7539,547 +10339,1144 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Print only certain pages"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the 
<gui>Range</gui> section."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to 
denote a range of pages."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will 
be printed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Set the default printer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You 
may want to pick the printer you use most often."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
 msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by 
specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, <input>1st floor</input> or 
<input>entrance</input>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a 
different printer for that specific output."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Set up a local printer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers 
are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed 
in one window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as 
the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test 
Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test 
Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
-msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
-
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
 msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
 
-msgid "In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new printer on the right. Click 
<gui>Add</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to install print drivers."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change 
your default printer</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise 
poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Fading text or images"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if 
necessary."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Streaks and lines"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the 
print head (see the printer's manual for instructions)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Wrong colors"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new 
cartridge if necessary."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print 
head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Find a lost file"
+msgid "Print to file"
+msgstr "見失ったファイルを探し出す"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing 
to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a <sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the 
document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with 
someone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the 
menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style=\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer 
selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> once you have finished choosing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different <gui>Output 
format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or <sys>SVG</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order\">order and 
collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Set up a printer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Sizes and layouts"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Printer problems"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-name-visibility\">Name 
&amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link 
xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash &amp; temporary files</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+msgid "Privacy Settings"
+msgstr "IPv4 設定"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop 
are visible to others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out 
unecessary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hiding notifications"
+msgid "Hide notifications"
+msgstr "通知メッセージを非表示にする"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your screen is locked. For 
example, if someone sends you an instant message while you are away from your computer, a notification will 
pop-up on your screen. The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr "<guiseq><gui>詳細</gui><gui>リムーバブルメディア</gui></guiseq> を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items that you have been working 
on, but you may wish to keep these items private. To turn off the file history tracking features of your 
desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style=\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui 
style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can hide your name to protect 
your privacy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr "<guiseq><gui>詳細</gui><gui>リムーバブルメディア</gui></guiseq> を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name in Top Bar</gui> to 
<gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full name when your screen is 
locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>.\" If 
you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> 
in the <gui>top bar</gui> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, 
and also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary 
files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set period of time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>テキストフィールドでカーソルを点滅させる</gui>にチェックをします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge Temporary Files</gui> 
sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</em> to be purged by 
changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your trash to be purged 
immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are 
deleted are much more difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, it is probably safer to 
set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> 
to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock 
your screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This 
will help to secure your computer when you aren't using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will 
need to enter your password to begin using them again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr "<guiseq><gui>詳細</gui><gui>リムーバブルメディア</gui></guiseq> を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a length of time from the 
drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the 
bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click 
<gui>Unlock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
 msgstr "画面上で起こっていることを画像として取得あるいは映像として記録します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
 msgid "2011"
 msgstr "2011"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
 msgstr "スクリーンショットとスクリーンキャスト"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what's happening 
on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the 
computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can email 
them and share them on the web."
 msgstr 
"画面の静止画(<em>スクリーンショット</em>)を取得したり、画面上で起きていることを映像(<em>スクリーンキャスト</em>)に記録したりできます。これは、コンピューター上での何かの作業方法を人に見せる場合に役立ちます。スクリーンショットおよびスクリーンキャストは通常の画像ファイルや映像ファイルなので、メールで送信したり、web
 上で共有したりできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>スクリーンショット</app>を開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current 
window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop 
for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want."
 msgstr 
"<app>スクリーンショットの取得</app>ウィンドウで、取得対象を、デスクトップ全体とするか、ひとつのウィンドウとするか、それとも画面の領域を指定するかを選択します。ウィンドウを選択したり、あるいはスクリーンショット用に画面を調整したりする場合は、待ち時間を設定します。次に、お好みのエフェクトがあれば選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの取得</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag 
the area you want for the screenshot."
 msgstr "<gui>取得する領域の選択</gui>を選択した場合、マウスポインターが十字に変わります。スクリーンショットを撮りたい領域をドラッグで指定します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click 
<gui>Save</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの保存</gui>ウィンドウで、ファイル名を入力し、フォルダーを選択して、次に<gui>保存</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it 
first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then paste the image in the other application, or drag the 
screenshot thumbnail to the application."
 msgstr 
"もしくは、画像を保存せずに画像編集アプリケーションに直接インポートします。<gui>クリップボードにコピーする</gui>をクリックし、次に他のアプリケーションで画像を貼り付けるか、あるいはスクリーンショットのサムネイルをアプリケーションにドラッグします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
 msgstr "キーボードショートカット"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global 
keyboard shortcuts:"
 msgstr "デスクトップ、ウィンドウ、あるいは任意の領域のスクリーンショットをすばやく撮るには、以下のどこでも使用できるキーボードショートカットを使用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
 msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> で、デスクトップのスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a window."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> で、ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of an area you select."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> で選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your Pictures folder with a 
file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
 msgstr "キーボードショートカットを使用した場合は、画像が自動的にユーザーの画像フォルダーに保存されます。ファイル名は、\"Screenshot\" で始まり、撮影した日付と時刻が含まれます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image 
to the clipboard instead of saving it."
 msgstr "また、<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら上記のいずれかのショートカットを使用すると、画像を保存せずにクリップボードにコピーできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Make a screencast"
 msgstr "スクリーンキャストの作成"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
 msgstr "画面上で起きていることを記録したビデオを作成できます:"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording 
what's on your screen."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> を押して、画面の録画を開始します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress. 
This indicator does not show up in the video."
 msgstr "録画中は、画面の右下角に赤い円が表示されます。このインジケーターは、ビデオには表示されません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Once you've finished, press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
 msgstr "録画を停止するには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> をもう一度押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that starts with 
\"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
 msgstr "ビデオは、自動的にユーザーのビデオフォルダーに保存されます。ファイル名は、\"Screencast\" で始まり、録画した日付と時刻が含まれます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log 
in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, 
moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User 
Accounts</gui> window."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner of the <gui>User 
Accounts</gui> tool."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger, 
your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. 
Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand 
will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the 
message <gui>Done!</gui>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved 
successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the 
option to log in with your password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select 
<gui>Log Out…</gui>."
-msgstr "この変更を有効にするには、ログアウトし、再ログインしてください。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択し、ログアウトします。"
-
-msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. The login screen appears."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will 
disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the 
<gui>Cancel</gui> button and return to the previous step."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your fingerprint scanner. You will 
be logged in."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your 
password."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
 msgstr "日付や時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマット用の地域を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
 msgstr "日付や計量単位のフォーマットを変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to 
match the local customs of your region."
 msgstr "日付、時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマットを、あなたの地域の慣習に合わせて設定できます。"
 
-msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
+msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>フォーマット</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
-msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only 
shows regions that use the language set on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to 
select from all available regions."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list 
only shows regions that use the language set on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to 
select from all available regions."
+msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only 
shows regions that use the language set on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to 
select from all available regions."
 msgstr 
"お望みのフォーマットに最も適した地域を選択します。デフォルトでは、<gui>言語</gui>タブで設定した地域だけが一覧表示されます。使用可能なすべての選択肢から地域を選ぶには、<gui>+</gui> 
ボタンをクリックします。"
 
-msgid "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your name in the top bar and 
select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
-msgstr "この変更を有効にするには、ログアウトし、再ログインしてください。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択し、ログアウトします。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these changes to take effect</gui> 
by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates 
and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of 
the week in calendars."
 msgstr "地域を選択すると、地域一覧の右側に日付などの様々なフォーマット例が表示されます。また、例には表示されませんが、設定した地域情報は、カレンダー上の週の開始日にも影響します。"
 
-msgid "Change the system formats"
-msgstr "システムのフォーマットを変更する"
-
-msgid "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You 
can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the formats used in places like the login screen."
-msgstr 
"フォーマットの地域を変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムのフォーマット</em>、つまりログイン画面などで使用するフォーマットを変更することもできます。"
-
-msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
-msgstr "先に説明した手順で、フォーマットを変更します。"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
 msgstr "ユーザーインターフェースやヘルプの言語を切り替えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change which language you use"
 msgstr "使用する言語を変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper 
language packs installed on your computer."
 msgstr "デスクトップやアプリケーションを多くの言語で使用できます。ただし、お使いのコンピューターに適切な言語パックがインストールされている必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>言語</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
-msgid "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of the supported languages. 
If your language is not listed, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>. Some translations may be incomplete, and 
certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language 
in which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of the supported 
languages. If your language is not listed, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>. Some translations may be 
incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear 
in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
+msgid "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of the supported languages. 
If your language is not listed, click <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" 
src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may 
not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was 
originally developed, usually American English."
 msgstr "お好みの言語を選択します。初期状態の一覧には、サポートする言語の内のほんの一部だけが表示されています。あなたの言語が一覧にない場合は、<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> 
ボタンをクリックしてください。言語によっては未翻訳箇所が残っているものもあります。また、アプリケーションによっては、お使いの言語をまったくサポートしていないものもあります。未翻訳のテキストは、そのソフトウェアが開発されたオリジナルの言語
 (たいていはアメリカ英語) で表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, 
pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, 
you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If 
you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
 msgstr 
"ホームフォルダーには、アプリケーションが使用する、音楽や画像、ドキュメントなどの特別なフォルダーがあります。これらのフォルダーは、お使いの言語に合わせて標準的な名称を使用しています。ログインし直したときに、これらのフォルダーの名前を、選択した言語の標準的な名称に変更するかどうか尋ねられます。新しい言語を以後継続して使用する場合は、フォルダー名を更新すると良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Change the system language"
 msgstr "システムの言語を変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also 
change the <em>system language</em>, the language used in places like the login screen."
 msgstr "言語を変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムの言語</em>、つまりログイン画面などで使用する言語を変更することもできます。"
 
-msgid "Change your language, as described above."
-msgstr "先に説明した手順で、言語を変更します。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, 
or the password for the requested administrator account."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
 
-msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> settings."
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> settings."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have 
to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with 
your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too 
quickly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>ディスクに書き込む</gui>をクリックします。"
+msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの取得</gui>をクリックします。"
 
-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the <gui>Lock Screen After 
Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Lock</gui> off."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Automatic Screen 
Lock</gui> off."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします。</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen 
sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sharing Settings"
+msgstr "設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over the local network, or 
through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-share\">Share files by 
email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders for Bluetooth 
file sharing, and also restrict that access to only <em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth 
Sharing</gui> to control access to the shared folders on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or connected your computer to it. 
See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>左利き</gui>を選択します"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> folder, switch <gui>Only 
share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to prevent access to your shared 
files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone or similar device nearby."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to access files 
in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</file> folder, switch 
<gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to send files to 
your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Share your desktop"
 msgstr "デスクトップ"
 
-msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing 
application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to allow others to access your desktop and set the security 
preferences."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing 
application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to allow others to access your desktop and set the security 
preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to be visible."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click the grid button in the dash and open <app>Desktop 
Sharing</app>."
-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。"
+#| msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+msgstr "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse をインストール</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>左利き</gui>を選択します"
 
-msgid "To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your desktop</gui>. This means 
that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This means that 
other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to control your 
desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your 
computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This may 
allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on 
the security settings which you are currently using."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing 
it."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing 
it."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select <gui>You 
must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you 
want to allow someone to connect to your computer."
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<app>Cellular Connections</app>"
+msgid "Approve All Connections"
+msgstr "<app>セルラーによる接続</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, switch <gui>Approve 
All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to 
allow someone to connect to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "This option is enabled by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Enable password"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Passwords"
+msgid "Require Password"
+msgstr "パスワード"
 
-msgid "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select <gui>Require the 
user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, switch <gui>Require 
Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other 
people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically 
configure UPnP router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+msgstr "個人的なファイル (ドキュメント、音楽、写真、ビデオ)"
 
-msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a <sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> 
enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices 
to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Show notification area icon"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to be visible."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you 
select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or 
not."
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+msgstr "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse をインストール</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>左利き</gui>を選択します"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate 
<em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and 
click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for example 
<file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your 
knowledge, depending on the security settings."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders 
you selected using the external device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
 msgstr "よく使うプログラムのアイコンをダッシュボードに追加 (あるいは削除) します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
 msgstr "お気に入りのアプリをダッシュボードに追加する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> for easy access:"
 msgstr "アプリケーションを<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ダッシュボード</link>に追加して、簡単に起動できるようにする方法は次のとおりです。"
 
-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on 
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by clicking 
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+msgstr "<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the 
screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click on the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add. Right-click on the 
application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+msgid "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
 msgstr 
"<gui>アプリケーション</gui>をクリックして、ダッシュボードに追加したいアプリケーションを選びます。アプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックして<gui>お気に入りに追加</gui>を選択します。"
 
-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgid "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr "ファイルを右クリックして、<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
 msgstr "他にも、ダッシュボードにアイコンをドラッグアンドドロップしても追加することができます。"
 
-msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application icon and select 
<gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application icon and select 
<gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select <gui>Remove 
from Favorites</gui>."
 msgstr "ダッシュボードからアプリケーションのアイコンを削除するには、アプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックし、<gui>お気に入りから削除</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面からアプリを起動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Start applications"
 msgstr "アプリケーションの起動"
 
-msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the 
<gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. (You can also open the 
overview by pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>.)"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show 
the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. (You can also open 
the overview by pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>.)"
+msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the 
<gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the 
overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
 msgstr 
"マウスポインターを画面左上角の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>に移動すると、<gui>アクティビティ画面</gui>が表示されます。ここからすべてのアプリケーションを見つけることができます。(<link 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押してアクティビティ画面を表示することもできます。)"
 
-msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> 
menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the 
<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:"
+msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the <gui>activities overview</gui>:"
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面からアプリケーションを起動する方法は、次のとおりいくつかあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click 
the search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
 msgstr "キーボードからアプリケーション名を入力します。入力と同時にアプリケーションの検索が行われます。(検索が実行されない場合は、画面右上の検索バーをクリックしてから入力してください。) 
アプリケーションのアイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
 
-msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side 
of the activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand 
side of the activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side 
of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
 msgstr "<em>ダッシュボード</em> (アクティビティ画面の左側にある、アイコンが縦に並んだ細長い領域) 
にアイコンが配置されているアプリケーションもあります。アイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link 
xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
 msgstr "よく使うアプリケーションは、<link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">ダッシュボードに追加</link>しておくとよいでしょう。"
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to see a list of the applications you can run. You 
can filter them by type using the categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top. Click 
the application's icon to start it."
-msgstr 
"画面上部の<gui>アプリケーション</gui>という見出しをクリックすると、実行可能なアプリケーションの一覧が表示されます。右部のカテゴリーを利用して種類ごとにフィルタリングしたり、右上の検索バーを使ってアプリケーションを検索したりできます。アプリケーションのアイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently used applications if the 
<gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui 
style=\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the application to 
start it."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by 
dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the 
workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
 msgstr "アプリケーションを別のワークスペースで起動することができます。ダッシュボードから (あるいはアプリケーション一覧から) 
アプリケーションのアイコンをドラッグして、画面右側のお好みのワークスペースにドロップしてください。そのワークスペースでアプリケーションが起動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking its icon in the dash or 
in the application list."
 msgstr "ダッシュボードあるいはアプリケーションリストのアイコンを中クリックすると、<em>新しい</em>ワークスペースでアプリケーションを起動できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "Quickly running a command"
 msgstr "コマンドによるクイック起動"
 
-msgid "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, 
enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press <key>Enter</key>."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, 
enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgid "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, 
enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press the <key>Enter</key> key."
 msgstr "他にもアプリケーションを起動する方法があります。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> 
を押し、<em>コマンド名</em>を入力したあと、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and 
type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
 msgstr "たとえば、<app>Rhythmbox</app> を起動するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> を押した後、'rhythmbox' 
と入力します (引用符は不要)。アプリの名前が、プログラムを起動するコマンド名になります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
 msgstr "ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替えなどによる、アカウントの抜け方を学びます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Alexandre Franke"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
 msgstr "ログアウト、電源オフ、ユーザー切り替え"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave 
it powered on and log out."
 msgstr "コンピューターを使い終わったあとは、電源を切ったり、(節電のために) サスペンドしたり、電源を入れたままログアウトしたりできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Log out or switch users"
 msgstr "ログアウトあるいはユーザー切り替え"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just 
switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be 
where you left it when you log back in."
 msgstr 
"お使いのコンピューターを誰か他の人が使用できるようにするには、ログアウトしてもいいですし、あるいはログインしたままでユーザーの切り替えを行うこともできます。ユーザー切り替えを行った場合は、使用中のアプリケーションはすべて起動したままになり、ログインしなおせば元のままの状態になっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top bar and select the 
appropriate option."
 msgstr "<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>を行うには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the menu if you have more 
than one user account on your system."
 msgstr "<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>を行うには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on 
your system."
+msgstr "<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>を行うには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Lock the screen"
 msgstr "画面のロック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people 
from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the <link 
xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don't 
lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
 msgstr 
"コンピューターからちょっと離れる場合は、画面をロックして、誰か他の人がファイルにアクセスしたり、アプリケーションを実行したりできないようにすることを推奨します。戻ってきたら、パスワードを入力するだけでログインしなおすことができます。画面をロックしていない場合は、一定の時間が経てば自動的にロックされます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</gui>."
 msgstr "画面をロックするには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>画面のロック</gui>を選択してください。"
 
-msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Switch 
User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Switch 
User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Log in as 
another user</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
 msgstr 
"画面をロックしている間は、パスワード入力画面の<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>をクリックすれば、他のユーザーがその人のアカウントでログインすることが可能です。その人が使い終われば、またあなたがログインしなおすことができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Suspend"
 msgstr "サスペンド"
 
-msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends 
your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and 
powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends 
your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and 
powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
+msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends 
your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and 
powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
 msgstr "節電するには、コンピューターを使っていないときにサスペンドしてください。ラップトップをお使いであれば、蓋を閉じると GNOME 
が自動的にコンピューターをサスペンドします。そのときの状態をコンピューターの記憶装置に保存し、コンピューターのほとんどの機能をオフにします。サスペンド中でも、ほんの少しの電力は使用されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key> 
key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to <gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
 msgstr "コンピューターを手動でサスペンドするには、トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックして、<key>Alt</key> 
キーを押したままにします。<gui>電源オフ</gui>のオプションが<gui>サスペンド</gui>に変わります。<gui>サスペンド</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Power off or restart"
 msgstr "電源オフ、再起動"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click your name on the top bar 
and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power 
Off</gui>."
 msgstr 
"完全にコンピューターの電源を切る、あるいは再起動する場合は、まず、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして<gui>ログアウト</gui>を選択し、ログアウトします。ログイン画面に戻ります。ログイン画面上部のバーにある電源のアイコンをクリックして、<gui>再起動</gui>か<gui>電源オフ</gui>のどちらかを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, 
because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password 
to power off."
 msgstr 
"他のユーザーがログインしていれば、コンピューターの電源を切ったり再起動したりすることはできないでしょう。他のユーザーのセッションを終了させることになってしまうからです。あなたがシステム管理者であれば、電源を落とすのにパスワードを求められることもあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your 
battery is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link 
xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</link> than one which is suspended."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8088,6 +11485,16 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5='e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8096,6 +11503,16 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8104,6 +11521,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8112,6 +11530,19 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5='94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8120,246 +11551,430 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5='2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."
 msgstr "デスクトップ、トップバー、およびアクティビティ画面について画像をまじえた入門。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
 msgstr "GNOME 入門"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize 
distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top 
bar."
 msgstr "GNOME 3 
はユーザーインターフェースを徹底的に見直しました。ユーザーにあれこれ干渉せず、邪魔なものをできるだけ取り除き、ユーザーが作業を片付けるのに役立つように設計されています。最初にログインしたときは、何もない空っぽのデスクトップとトップバーが見えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
 msgstr "GNOME Shell トップバー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and 
<link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in 
the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn 
off your computer."
 msgstr "トップバーから、ウィンドウの表示、アプリケーションの起動、カレンダーや予定の確認、サウンドやネットワーク、電源などの<link 
xref=\"status-icons\">システムプロパティ</link>の設定などが行えます。トップバーのあなたの名前の箇所からは、在席状態の設定、プロフィールや設定の変更、ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替え、コンピューターの電源オフなどが行えます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Activities overview"
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "Activities button"
 msgstr "アクティビティボタン"
 
-msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just throw your 
mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> 
on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing 
to search your applications, files, and folders."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just throw 
your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super 
key</link> on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just 
start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your 
mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> 
key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start 
typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+msgstr 
"ウィンドウの一覧を表示したり、アプリケーションを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックします。あるいは画面左上角のホットコーナーにマウスポインターを移動させるだけでもかまいません。キーボードの
 <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link> 
キーを押しても同じことができます。アクティビティ画面では、ウィンドウとアプリケーションの全体を把握できます。また、キー入力するだけでアプリケーションやファイル、フォルダーを探すことも可能です。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just throw 
your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super 
key</link> on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just 
start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen and select the 
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key 
to see your windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start typing to search your 
applications, files, and folders."
 msgstr 
"ウィンドウの一覧を表示したり、アプリケーションを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックします。あるいは画面左上角のホットコーナーにマウスポインターを移動させるだけでもかまいません。キーボードの
 <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link> 
キーを押しても同じことができます。アクティビティ画面では、ウィンドウとアプリケーションの全体を把握できます。また、キー入力するだけでアプリケーションやファイル、フォルダーを探すことも可能です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "The dash"
 msgstr "ダッシュボード"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and 
running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already 
running, it will be highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You can also 
drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right."
 msgstr 
"アクティビティ画面の左部に<em>ダッシュボード</em>が見えます。ダッシュボードには、お気に入りのアプリケーションと起動中のアプリケーションが表示されます。ダッシュボードのアイコンのどれかをクリックすると、そのアプリケーションが開きます。アプリケーションがすでに起動しているときは、ハイライト表示されます。起動中のアイコンをクリックすると、その最後に使ったウィンドウが前面に表示されます。アイコンは、アクティビティ画面や、あるいは画面右側の任意のワークスペースにドラッグすることもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, 
or to open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
 msgstr "アイコンを右クリックすると、実行中のアプリケーションなら任意のウィンドウにフォーカスすることができ、また新規にウィンドウを開くこともできます。<key>Ctrl</key> 
キーを押さえながらアイコンをクリックして、新しいウィンドウを開くこともできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live 
thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the 
overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
 msgstr 
"アクティビティ画面を表示すると、まずウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。これは、現在のワークスペースで開いている全ウィンドウのサムネイルです。いずれかのウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウにフォーカスが移り、アクティビティ画面から抜けます。また、任意のウィンドウのサムネイルの上でマウスホイールをスクロールすることにより、サムネイルを拡大表示することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you 
all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to 
the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a 
favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them 
quickly."
 msgstr 
"<gui>アプリケーション</gui>をクリックすると、アプリケーションの一覧が表示されます。ここには、お使いのコンピューターにインストールされているすべてのアプリケーションが表示されます。いずれかのアプリケーションをクリックすると、そのアプリケーションが起動します。あるいは、アクティビティ画面かワークスペースのサムネイルにアプリケーションをドラッグしても起動します。また、アプリケーションをダッシュボードにドラッグすることで、お気に入りに設定することもできます。お気に入りのアプリケーションは、起動していない場合でもダッシュボードに表示されており、すばやく起ち上げることができます。"
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">アプリケーションの起動についてもっと詳しく。</link>"
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">ウィンドウとワークスペースについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
 msgstr "時計、カレンダーおよび予定"
 
-msgid "Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and 
a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full 
<app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, 
and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full 
<app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and a list of your 
upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> 
calendar directly from the menu."
 msgstr 
"トップバー中央の時計をクリックすると、現在日付や、月ごとのカレンダー、また今後の予定について確認できます。また、直接このメニューから、日付と時刻の設定画面を開いたり、<app>Evolution</app> 
のカレンダーを開くこともできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">カレンダーと予定についてもっと詳しく。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "You and your computer"
 msgstr "あなた、およびお使いのコンピューターについて"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "User menu"
 msgstr "ユーザーメニュー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."
 msgstr "右上角に表示されている名前をクリックすると、あなたのプロフィールやコンピューターの管理ができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set your status for your 
contacts to see in instant messaging applications such as <app>Empathy</app>."
 msgstr "このメニューから在席状態を直接設定できます。この設定は、<app>Empathy</app> などのインスタントメッセンジャーで相手先に見せる、あなたの状態に反映されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."
 msgstr "このメニューから、あなたの個人情報の編集やシステム設定の変更を行うこともできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can 
quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can 
suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
 msgstr 
"コンピューターから離れるときに、他の人にいじられないように画面をロックできます。ログアウトせずにすばやくユーザー切り替えを行い、別のユーザーがコンピューターを使えるようにすることができます。また、このメニューからコンピューターのサスペンドや電源オフが可能です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your 
computer.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ユーザーの切り替え、ログアウト、コンピューターの電源オフについてもっと詳しく</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Lock Screen"
 msgstr "画面をロック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to 
protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and 
your name as the logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows 
you to control media playback."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Message Tray"
 msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the bottom-right corner, or by 
pressing <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications 
are stored until you are ready to view them."
+#| msgid "Message Tray"
+msgid "Message tray"
+msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer against the bottom of the 
screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are 
stored until you are ready to view them."
 msgstr "メッセージトレイの表示は、マウスを右下角へ移動することで表示されます。ここにはユーザーへの通知メッセージが保存され、ユーザーがその内容を確認できるようになるまで通知は残っています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the message tray.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知メッセージとメッセージトレイについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Windows Live"
+msgid "Window List"
+msgstr "Windows Live"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+msgid "GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found 
in other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">ウィンドウとワークスペースについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown 
at the bottom of the screen."
+msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at 
the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the message tray."
+msgstr "アプリケーションやシステムコンポーネントが、ユーザーへ注意喚起をする場合に通知メッセージが画面低部に表示されます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
 msgstr "キーボードでデスクトップを使いこなします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
 msgstr "便利なキーボードショートカット"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and 
applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link 
xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
 msgstr 
"このページでは、デスクトップやアプリケーションをより効率的に使う上で役に立つキーボードショートカットの概要を説明します。マウスやポインティングデバイスの使用が困難である場合は、キーボードだけを使った操作法の詳細について
 <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Getting around the desktop"
 msgstr "デスクトップを使いこなす"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> または <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to 
instantly search your applications, contacts, and documents."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。アクティビティ画面では、キー入力を始めるとすぐに、アプリケーション、連絡先、ドキュメントの検索が行われます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
 msgstr "コマンドウィンドウをポップアップします (コマンドをさっと実行するのに使います)。"
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</link> Hold down 
<key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</link> Hold down 
<key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>. Hold down 
<key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
 msgstr "<link 
xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">すばやくウィンドウを切り替えます。</link><key>Shift</key>を押しながらの場合は、切り替え順序が逆転します。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
 
-msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "同一のアプリケーション内で、あるいは<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>の後に選択したアプリケーション内で、ウィンドウを切り替えます。"
 
-msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. 
On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above 
<key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above 
<key>Tab</key>."
+msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. 
On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
 msgstr "このショートカットでは、US キーボードの <key>`</key> を使って説明しています。US キーボードでは <key>`</key> キーは <key>Tab</key> 
の上段に配置されています。他のすべてのキーボードにおいて、このショートカットは、<key>Alt</key> に <key>Tab</key> の上のキーを組み合わせたものを意味しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus 
between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to 
navigate."
 msgstr 
"トップバーにキーボードフォーカスを当てます。<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面では、トップバー、ダッシュボード、ウィンドウ一覧、アプリケーション一覧、および検索フィールドの間でキーボードフォーカスを切り替えます。矢印キーを使って移動します。"
 
-msgid "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows overview. To switch 
windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows overview. To switch 
windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+msgid "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows overview. To switch 
windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr 
"現時点では、矢印キーを使ってウィンドウ一覧を移動することはできません。ウィンドウを切り替えるには、アクティビティ画面を抜けて、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
と <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> を使います。"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> および 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+msgid "Show the list of applications."
+msgstr "ひとつのアプリケーション内のウィンドウを切り替える"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page 
Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> および 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ワークスペースを切り替えます。</link>"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> および 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> および 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace.</link>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different 
workspace.</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace</link>."
 msgstr "現在のウィンドウを、別のワークスペースへ移します。"
 
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ログアウトします。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</link>. Press 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key> to close."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知メッセージとメッセージトレイについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
 msgstr "共通の編集用ショートカット"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
 msgstr "すべてのテキスト、あるいはリストの全項目を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
 msgstr "選択したテキストあるいは項目を切り取って (削除して)、クリップボードに保存します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
 msgstr "選択したテキストあるいは項目をクリップボードにコピーします。 "
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
 msgstr "クリップボードの内容を貼り付けます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Undo the last action."
 msgstr "最後に実行した操作を元に戻します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
 msgid "Capturing from the screen"
 msgstr "画面のキャプチャー"
 
-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
+msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">スクリーンショットを撮ります。</link>"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮ります。</link>"
 
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The 
pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮ります。</link> 
マウスポインターが十字型に変わります。クリック・アンド・ドラッグで領域を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast recording.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">スクリーンキャストの録画を開始します。</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The Lock Screen"
 msgstr "画面をロック"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows 
you to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an 
attractive image on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
 msgstr "通知メッセージとは何か"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "battery and network status"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or pause your music without 
having to enter a password"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward with the cursor, or by 
pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your 
password to unlock. You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8368,6 +11983,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8376,335 +11992,584 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
 msgstr "何か起きると、画面低部にメッセージがポップアップしてユーザーに知らせます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
 msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
 msgstr "通知メッセージとメッセージトレイ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "What is a notification?"
 msgstr "通知メッセージとは何か"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at 
the bottom of the screen."
 msgstr "アプリケーションやシステムコンポーネントが、ユーザーへ注意喚起をする場合に通知メッセージが画面低部に表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like a USB stick), new 
updates are available for your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification 
informing you."
 msgstr "たとえば、チャットで新しいメッセージを受け取った、外部デバイス (USB メモリなど) 
を挿した、コンピューターのアップデートが可能になった、あるいはバッテリーが低下している、などの場合に、それを伝えるメッセージが表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. You can move your mouse 
over them to see their full content."
 msgstr "できるだけユーザーの気を散らさないように、通知によっては、まず 1 行のメッセージとして表示されるものもあります。メッセージの箇所にマウスを合わせれば、通知内容の全文を確認できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without 
selecting one of its options, click the close button."
 msgstr "他には、選択可能なオプションボタンのある通知もあります。オプションを選択せずに通知を閉じるには、通知メッセージの任意の箇所をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat 
application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "The message tray"
 msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It 
appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the notifications 
that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgstr 
"ユーザーの都合に合わせて、メッセージトレイから通知メッセージの再確認ができます。マウスを画面右下角に移動させると、メッセージトレイが表示されます。メッセージトレイには、まだ対応していないメッセージや常駐するメッセージが配置されています。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It 
appears when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the notifications that 
you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It 
appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray by clicking 
the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. The message tray contains all the 
notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
 msgstr 
"ユーザーの都合に合わせて、メッセージトレイから通知メッセージの再確認ができます。マウスを画面右下角に移動させると、メッセージトレイが表示されます。メッセージトレイには、まだ対応していないメッセージや常駐するメッセージが配置されています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These are usually messages sent 
by applications. However, chat notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the 
individual contacts who sent you the chat messages."
 msgstr 
"メッセージトレイ中のアイテムをクリックすると、該当する通知メッセージを確認できます。メッセージトレイのアイテムは、たいていメッセージを通知したアプリケーションになっています。しかしながら、チャットのメッセージは特別で、メッセージを送ってきた相手先が誰であるかがわかるようになっています。"
 
-msgid "You can close the message tray by pressing <key>Esc</key> (unless you are in the activities overview, 
where it is always visible)."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, and press <key>x</key>."
+msgid "You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or 
<key>Esc</key>."
+msgstr "キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化することもできます。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> 
を押してウィンドウメニューを開き、<key>x</key> を押してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll need to click the <gui>tray 
button</gui> to show the message tray."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">スクリーンキーボード</link> を使用している場合は、<gui>トレイボタン</gui>をクリックしてメッセージトレイを表示してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Hiding notifications"
 msgstr "通知メッセージを非表示にする"
 
-msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. Just 
click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. 
Just click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgid "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. Just 
click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
 msgstr 
"何か作業をしている最中に邪魔をされたくない場合、メッセージの通知をオフにできます。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして、<gui>メッセージ通知</gui>を<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えるだけです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important 
notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be 
available in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom right corner, or 
pressing <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will redisplay when 
you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+msgid "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important 
notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be 
available in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom right corner, or 
pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle 
to <gui>ON</gui> again."
 msgstr 
"通知をオフにすれば、ほとんどの通知が画面下部にポップアップされなくなります。その場合でも、バッテリーがひどく低下しているなどの非常に重要な通知はポップアップされます。マウスを右下角に移動すれば、メッセージトレイから通知をよむことができます。メッセージ通知を<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えると、また通知が表示されるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Desktop"
 msgstr "デスクトップ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link 
xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar</link>, 
<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">はじめに</link>, <link 
xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">キーボードショートカット</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">スケジュール表</link>, <link 
xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
 msgstr "デスクトップ、アプリ、およびウィンドウ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "The Desktop"
 msgstr "デスクトップ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Applications and windows"
 msgstr "アプリケーションとウィンドウ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
 msgstr "デスクトップの各部品の説明に使われる用語の概要です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
 msgstr "アクティビティ、ダッシュボード、トップバー... それは何ですか?"
 
-msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on 
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on 
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you click <gui>Activities</gui> 
at the top left of the screen."
+msgstr "<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on 
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you select <gui>Activities 
Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen."
 msgstr "<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
 
-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Applications and windows"
+msgid "Applications menu"
+msgstr "アプリケーションとウィンドウ"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the screen. It gives you 
access to applications organized into categories. The <em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting 
the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
+msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
 msgstr "Alt-Tab ウィンドウスイッチャー"
 
-msgid "When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> 
appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window 
switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+msgid "When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and then press 
<key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have 
currently open."
 msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら <key>Tab</key> 
を押すと、<em>ウィンドウスイッチャー</em>が表示されます。ここには、起動中のアプリケーションのアイコンが表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Dash"
 msgstr "ダッシュボード"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of 
the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes 
referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
 msgstr 
"<em>ダッシュボード</em>とは、アクティビティ画面の左側に配置される、お気に入りのアプリケーションの一覧です。現在起動中のアプリケーションもここに表示されます。ダッシュボードは、<em>ドック</em>と呼ばれることもあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Hot corner"
 msgstr "ホットコーナー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to 
this corner, the activities overview opens."
 msgstr "<em>ホットコーナー</em>とは、画面左上の角のことです。ここにマウスポインターを持っていくと、アクティビティ画面が開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer is locked. It provides 
useful information about what has been happening while you have been away, and allows you to control media 
playback without having to unlock."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Notifications"
 msgstr "通知メッセージ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that 
something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop 
up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging tray. Move 
your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your messaging tray."
+msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that 
something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop 
up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message tray. Move 
your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message tray."
 msgstr 
"<em>通知メッセージ</em>とは、画面下部にポップアップされるメッセージのことです。そのとき何かが起きたことをお知らせします。たとえば、あなたとチャットしている人がメッセージを送ったら、ポップアップで通知メッセージをお知らせします。その場ですぐメッセージに対応しない場合は、メッセージトレイの中に保存されます。マウスを右下角に持っていけば、メッセージトレイを確認できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User menu"
+msgid "Places menu"
+msgstr "ユーザーメニュー"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui>. It 
gives you quick access to important folders, for example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "設定"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in 
Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select 
<gui>Settings</gui> to access them."
 msgstr "<em>システム設定</em>とは、設定の変更などを行うメニューです。Windows の「コントロール パネル」や Mac OS 
の「システム環境設定」に相当するものです。システム設定を開くには、トップバー右上にある名前の箇所をクリックして、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Top bar"
 msgstr "トップバー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui> 
link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
 msgstr "<em>トップバー</em>とは、画面最上部に渡るバーのことです。トップバーの片方の端には<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンが配置され、その反対側にはユーザーの名前が表示されています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The 
<gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The 
<gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+msgstr "<em>トップバー</em>とは、画面最上部に渡るバーのことです。トップバーの片方の端には<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンが配置され、その反対側にはユーザーの名前が表示されています。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
 msgid "Workspace"
 msgstr "ワークスペース"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient way of grouping and 
separating windows."
 msgstr "別々の<em>ワークスペース</em>にウィンドウを配置することができます。ウィンドウをまとめたり、分けたりするのに便利な方法です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
 msgid "Workspace selector"
 msgstr "ワークスペースセレクター"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the 
<gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."
 msgstr "<em>ワークスペースセレクター</em>とは、アクティビティ画面の<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビュー右側に表示される、ワークスペースの一覧です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which shows buttons for all 
your open windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面あるいは他のワークスペースを調べます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Find a lost window"
 msgstr "見失ったウィンドウを探しだす"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link>:"
 msgstr "別のワークスペースのウィンドウや、他のウィンドウの下に隠れているウィンドウは、<link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を使えば簡単に見つけることができます。方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Open the activities overview. If the missing window is on the current <link 
xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply 
click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
+msgid "Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the current <link 
xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply 
click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを選択します。お探しのウィンドウが、現在の<link 
xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">ワークスペース</link>に配置されていれば、ウィンドウビューにそのサムネイルが表示されます。サムネイルをクリックするだけで、ウィンドウを再表示できます。これで見つからなければ次の方法も確認してください。"
 
-msgid "Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> 
on the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace 
selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or"
+msgid "Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> at the 
right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or"
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面右側の<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>から別のワークスペースをクリックし、ウィンドウを探してみてください。"
 
-msgid "Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click on the window 
in the list to switch to it."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click on the 
window in the list to switch to it."
+msgid "Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the 
list to switch to it."
 msgstr "ダッシュボードのアプリケーションを右クリックすると、そのアプリケーションが開いているウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。その一覧からお探しのウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウに切り替わります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Using the window switcher:"
 msgstr "ウィンドウスイッチャーを使う方法は次のとおりです。"
 
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window switcher. Continue to hold 
down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or 
<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window switcher. Continue to 
hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or 
<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> to display the 
<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and 
press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> 
to cycle backwards."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、ウィンドウスイッチャーを表示します。<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら 
<key>Tab</key> を押すとウィンドウが順に切り替わります。<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押すとその逆順に切り替わります。"
 
-msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the 
key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or 
the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or 
the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
 msgstr "アプリケーションが複数のウィンドウを開いている場合、<key>Alt</key> を押さえながら <key>`</key> キー (<key>Tab</key> の上のキー) 
を押すと、そのアプリケーション内でウィンドウが切り替わります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
 msgstr "タイトルバーのダブルクリックやドラッグで、ウィンドウサイズを最大化したり、元に戻したりします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化する、元に戻す"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to 
restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the 
screen, so you can easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化して画面全体に表示したり、逆に元のサイズに戻したりできます。また、画面の左右半分にウィンドウを縦に最大化して表示することもできます。2 
つのウィンドウを左右に配置して同時に確認することができます。詳細については、<link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> を参照してください。"
 
-msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click 
the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super 
key</link> and press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click 
the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super 
key</link> and press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click 
the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and press <key>↑</key>, or press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化するには、タイトルバーをつかんで画面トップまでドラッグします。あるいはタイトルバーをダブルクリックするだけでも最大化できます。キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化するには、<link 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押しながら <key>↑</key> を押すか、あるいは 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window 
is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard 
shortcuts you used to maximize the window."
 msgstr 
"ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻すには、ウィンドウをドラッグして画面端から引き離します。ウィンドウが最大化されている場合は、タイトルバーをダブルクリックして元のサイズに戻すことができます。また、最大化に使用したものと同じショートカットが使用できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
 msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながらウィンドウの任意の場所をドラッグすることで、ウィンドウを移動することができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
 msgstr "効率的に作業できるようワークスペースにウィンドウを配置します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Move and resize windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを移動する、サイズを変更する"
 
-msgid "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the the dragging 
behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the the dragging 
behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+msgid "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging 
behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
 msgstr "ウィンドウの移動やサイズ変更をすることで、より効率的に作業できるようになります。ドラッグによる移動やサイズ変更についてはご存知でしょうが、方法はそれだけではありません。GNOME 
では、ショートカットや修飾キーを使ってすばやくウィンドウを配置することができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag anywhere in the window. 
Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを移動するには、タイトルバーをドラッグするか、あるいは <key>Alt</key> キーを押しながらウィンドウの任意の箇所をドラッグします。<key>Shift</key> 
を押しながら移動すると、画面や他のウィンドウの端まで瞬時に移動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while 
resizing to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
 msgstr "ウィンドウのサイズを変更するには、ウィンドウの端か角をドラッグします。<key>Shift</key> を押しながらサイズ変更すると、画面や他のウィンドウの端まで瞬時にサイズ変更します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> 
to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or 
resize, then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and 
size."
 msgstr "キーボードだけを使ってウィンドウの移動やサイズ変更を行う方法もあります。ウィンドウを移動するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> 
を押し、サイズを変更するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> を押します。矢印キーで移動やサイズ変更を行い、次に <key>Enter</key> 
キーで確定するか、あるいは <key>Esc</key> キーで元の位置やサイズに戻します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging it to the top of the 
screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link 
xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
 msgstr "<link 
xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">ウィンドウを最大化する</link>には、ウィンドウを画面トップまでドラッグします。ウィンドウを画面の左右どちらかの側へドラッグすると、片側半分に最大化し、<link
 xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">ウィンドウを両側に並べる</link>ことができます。"
 
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Switch between windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを切り替える"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching between tasks a 
single-step process and provides a full picture of which applications are running."
 msgstr "すべてのアプリケーションが<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>に表示されるため、タスクの切り替えがシングルステップで実行でき、また、起動中のアプリケーションの一覧を確認することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "From a workspace:"
 msgstr "ワークスペース上で次の手順を行います。"
 
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></keyseq> to bring up the 
<gui>window switcher</gui>."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を表示します。"
 
-msgid "Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher."
+msgid "Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the 
switcher."
 msgstr "<key>Alt</key> を離すと、ウィンドウスイッチャー上の次の (ハイライトされた) ウィンドウに切り替わります。"
 
-msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list 
of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the 
list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key> key, press 
<key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
to cycle backwards."
 msgstr "もしくは、<key>Alt</key> キーを押したままで、<key>Tab</key> 
を押すと、開いている各ウィンドウを順に切り替えていき、<keyseq><key>Tab</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> を押すと、逆の順序で切り替えます。"
 
-msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple 
windows pop down as you click through. Hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above 
<key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two 
windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
+msgid "You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between 
them."
+msgstr "ウィンドウを画面の左右半分に最大化できます。2 つのウィンドウを画面両側に配置して、ウィンドウをすばやく切り替えられるようになります。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple 
windows pop down as you click through. Hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above 
<key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple 
windows pop down as you click through. Hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press 
<key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
 msgstr 
"ウィンドウスイッチャー上のウィンドウはアプリケーションごとにまとめられています。複数のウィンドウを持つアプリケーションをクリックすると、プレビューがポップダウンします。<key>Alt</key>を押しながら<key>`</key>
 キー (<key>Tab</key> の上にあるキー) を押すと、そのアプリケーションのウィンドウ間で切り替えます (訳注: 日本語キーボードの場合は、一般に 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>半角/全角</key></keyseq>です)。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided by vertical separators."
 msgstr "ウィンドウスイッチャーでは、異なるワークスペースで開いているアプリケーションは縦線で区切られて表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>→</key> or 
<key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse."
 msgstr "<key>→</key> あるいは <key>←</key> キーでウィンドウスイッチャー上のアプリケーションアイコンを移動したり、あるいはマウスでクリックして選択することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>↓</key> key."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを 1 つだけ持つアプリケーションのプレビューは、<key>↓</key> キーを押すと表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で次の操作を実行します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you 
have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on 
each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."
 msgstr 
"どれかウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウに切り替わり、アクティビティ画面から抜けます。複数のワークスペースを使用している場合、各ワークスペースをクリックすることで、そのワークスペースで開いているウィンドウを表示できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを画面の左右両側に最大化します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Tile windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを左右に並べる"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two 
windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを画面の左右半分に最大化できます。2 つのウィンドウを画面両側に配置して、ウィンドウをすばやく切り替えられるようになります。"
 
-msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right 
side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down the <link 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or 
right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down the <link 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right 
side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down the <link 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを画面片側に最大化するには、タイトルバーをつかみ、左右どちらかの側に画面半分がハイライト表示されるまでドラッグします。キーボードを使う場合は、<link 
xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押しながら <key>←</key> あるいは <key>→</key> キーを押します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same 
keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻すには、ウィンドウをドラッグして画面片側から引き離します。あるいは、片側に最大化するのに使用したものと同じショートカットが使用できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Move and organize your windows."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを移動および整理します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Windows and workspaces"
 msgstr "ウィンドウとワークスペース"
 
-msgid "Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the 
<gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control which window is 
active."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the 
<gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control which window is 
active."
+msgid "Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the 
<gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control active 
windows."
 msgstr "他のデスクトップ環境と同様に、GNOME 
は起動中のアプリケーションを表示するのにウィンドウを使用します。<gui>アクティビティ画面</gui>および<gui>ダッシュボード</gui>の両方から、新たにアプリケーションを起動したり、アクティブなウィンドウを制御したりすることができます。"
 
-msgid "In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the 
window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the 
window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features."
+msgid "You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help 
topics below to better learn how to use these features."
 msgstr "ウィンドウに加え、ワークスペースを利用してアプリケーションをまとめることもできます。下記のウィンドウとワークスペースにかんするヘルプトピックを読み、関連機能をうまく使いこなす方法を学んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Working with windows"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを扱う"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Workspaces"
 msgstr "ワークスペース"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Working with workspaces"
 msgstr "ワークスペースを扱う"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
 msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示し、ウィンドウを別のワークスペースへドラッグする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
 msgstr "ウィンドウを別のワークスペースへ移動する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Using the mouse:"
 msgstr "マウスを使う方法:"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview."
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</link>."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
 msgstr "ウィンドウをマウスで選択し、画面右側へドラッグします。"
 
-msgid "The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
+msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>が表示されます。"
 
-msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, 
and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into 
it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and 
a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr "ウィンドウを空のワークスペースへドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>の一番下に空のワークスペースが 1 つ新しく追加されます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into 
it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped."
 msgstr "ウィンドウを空のワークスペースへドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>の一番下に空のワークスペースが 1 つ新しく追加されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
 msgid "Using the keyboard:"
 msgstr "キーボードを使う方法:"
 
-msgid "Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</link>)."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</link>)."
+msgid "Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">window 
switcher</em>)."
 msgstr "移動するウィンドウを選択します (たとえば、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
による<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を使用します)。"
 
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move the window 
to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move the 
window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move the window to a 
workspace which is above the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> 
を押すと、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>中の現在のワークスペースの 1 つ上のワークスペースへウィンドウが移動します。"
 
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move the window 
to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move the 
window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move the window to a 
workspace which is below the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> ↓</key></keyseq> 
を押すと、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>中の現在のワークスペースの 1 つ下のワークスペースへウィンドウが移動します。"
 
-msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
-msgstr "アクティビティ画面でワークスペースセレクターを使う"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Workspace selector"
+msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+msgstr "ワークスペースセレクター"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Switch between workspaces"
 msgstr "ワークスペースを切り替える"
 
-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows 
on that workspace. Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面右側の<link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>の中にあるワークスペースをクリックすると、そのワークスペースで開いているウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。いずれかのウィンドウのサムネイルをクリックすると、そのワークスペースに切り替わります。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
 
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is 
above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> 
menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities Overview</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace 
selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or"
+msgid "Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right 
side of the screen to view the open windows on that workspace."
+msgstr "アクティビティ画面右側の<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>から別のワークスペースをクリックし、ウィンドウを探してみてください。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace identifier at the 
right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and selecting the workspace you want to use from the 
menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is 
above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move to a 
workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> を押すと、ワークスペースセレクターの中で、現在作業しているワークスペースの 1 
つ上のワークスペースに移動します。"
 
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is 
below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is 
below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is below the 
current workspace in the workspace selector."
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> を押すと、ワークスペースセレクターの中で、現在作業しているワークスペースの 1 
つ下のワークスペースに移動します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8713,254 +12578,365 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
 msgstr "ワークスペースを使って、デスクトップのウィンドウを分類し、まとめる。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
 msgstr "ワークスペースとは何ですか? 何の役に立ちますか?"
 
-msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create many workspaces, which 
act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create many workspaces, which 
act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, 
which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to 
navigate."
+msgstr 
"ワークスペースとは、デスクトップのウィンドウをグループ化するものです。ワークスペースはたくさん作成することができ、それぞれ仮想的なデスクトップとして機能します。ワークスペースを活用すると、デスクトップを整理整頓して扱いやすくできます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create many workspaces, which 
act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which 
act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
 msgstr 
"ワークスペースとは、デスクトップのウィンドウをグループ化するものです。ワークスペースはたくさん作成することができ、それぞれ仮想的なデスクトップとして機能します。ワークスペースを活用すると、デスクトップを整理整頓して扱いやすくできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication 
windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different 
workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
 msgstr "ワークスペースは、ユーザーの作業を体系的に整理するのに使用されます。たとえば、メーラーやチャットクライアントなどのコミュニケーションツールのウィンドウを 1 
つのワークスペースにまとめて配置しておき、いま作業に取り組んでいるウィンドウは別のワークスペースに配置する、といったことができます。その間また別のワークスペースでは、音楽管理ツールが起動していることもあるでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Using workspaces:"
 msgstr "ワークスペースの使い方:"
 
-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen. A 
vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
+msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で次の操作を実行します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview 
and then move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen. A 
vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+msgid "A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で、画面右端へマウスポインターを移動させます。縦方向のパネルが現れ、そこには、使用しているすべてのワークスペースに加え、空のワークスペースが 1 
つ表示されます。このパネルは<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>と呼びます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen. A 
vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+msgid "A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で、画面右端へマウスポインターを移動させます。縦方向のパネルが現れ、そこには、使用しているすべてのワークスペースに加え、空のワークスペースが 1 
つ表示されます。このパネルは<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>と呼びます。"
 
-msgid "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the 
workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace 
will appear below it."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in 
the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace 
will appear below it."
+msgid "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the 
<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have 
dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
 msgstr 
"ワークスペースを追加するには、既存のワークスペースにあるウィンドウのどれかを、空のワークスペースへドラッグ・アンド・ドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、そのワークスペースの下に空のワークスペースが
 1 つ新しく追加されます。"
 
-msgid "To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
+msgid "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
 msgstr "ワークスペースを削除するには、そのワークスペースにあるウィンドウをすべて閉じるか、あるいは他のワークスペースへ移動させます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
 msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのワークスペースは、常に存在しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
 msgstr "警告音を選択する、もしくは無効にする"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose 
different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert 
sounds entirely."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it 
so you can hear how it sounds."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This 
won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under <gui>Alert volume</gui> on 
the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Sound problems"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below 
best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem 
with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear 
a buzzing sound."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into 
another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If 
there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This 
problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the 
internet, plus the search term \"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these 
troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not 
muted or turned right down."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes 
the sound."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. 
your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so 
check that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. When the 
<gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not 
muted."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is 
turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back 
of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input 
(from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or 
Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if 
that works."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. 
Some speakers have more than one input too."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting 
sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some 
trial-and-error to choose the right one."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
 msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab. Make a note of which 
device and which profile are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them doesn't 
work)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you change the profile to see if 
it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
 msgstr "トップパネルのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think 
that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the 
drivers for the card are not installed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware devices</gui>, your sound 
card has not been detected."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do 
this will depend on the card you have."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal. You may 
have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo 
lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, 
then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should 
have the sound card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed 
information."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask on support forums (or 
otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get 
sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Use a different microphone"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, 
making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in 
microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. 
Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a 
microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by 
default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as 
separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Select a default audio input device"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using 
a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or with USB."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. 
Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones 
next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, 
see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, 
which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output 
in the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, then click 
<gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui 
style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button 
will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them 
into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to 
use by default."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
 msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change the sound volume"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and move 
the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the 
left."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers 
with waves coming out of them. They are often near the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are 
usually on the \"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on 
the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is 
useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume 
in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, 
use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound 
Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application there."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but 
isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, 
you can't change its volume."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8969,6 +12945,16 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5='c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8977,6 +12963,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' 
md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8985,6 +12972,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -8993,6 +12981,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9001,6 +12990,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9009,6 +12999,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9017,6 +13008,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9025,6 +13017,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9033,6 +13026,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9041,6 +13035,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9049,6 +13044,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9057,6 +13053,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9065,6 +13062,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9073,6 +13071,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9081,6 +13080,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9089,6 +13089,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' 
md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9097,6 +13098,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' 
md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9105,6 +13107,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9113,6 +13116,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' 
md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9121,6 +13125,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' 
md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9129,6 +13134,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9137,6 +13143,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9145,6 +13152,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9153,6 +13161,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9161,6 +13170,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9169,6 +13179,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9177,6 +13188,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9185,6 +13197,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9193,6 +13206,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9201,6 +13215,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9209,6 +13224,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9217,6 +13233,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9225,6 +13242,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9233,6 +13251,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9241,6 +13260,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9249,6 +13269,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' 
md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9257,6 +13278,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' 
md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9265,6 +13287,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9273,6 +13296,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' 
md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9281,6 +13305,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' 
md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9289,6 +13314,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9297,6 +13323,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9305,6 +13332,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9313,6 +13341,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9321,6 +13350,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9329,6 +13359,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9337,6 +13368,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9345,6 +13377,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9353,6 +13386,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9361,6 +13395,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9369,6 +13404,7 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
@@ -9377,805 +13413,1387 @@ msgctxt "_"
 msgid "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
 msgid "Monica Kochofar"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "A description that explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A description that explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
 msgstr "トップバーの右側にあるアイコンの意味について説明します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
 msgstr "トップバーのアイコンの意味は?"
 
-msgid "This section will explain the icons located on the top right of the screen, specifically the 
different variations of the icons that are possible."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This section will explain the icons located on the top right of the screen, specifically the 
different variations of the icons that are possible."
+msgid "This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More 
specifically, the different variations of the icons provided by the GNOME interface are described."
 msgstr "このセクションでは画面の右上に置かれているアイコン、特にアイコンの変化の違いについて説明します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+msgstr "GNOME Shell トップバー"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
 msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスメニューアイコン"
 
-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on distinct accessibility settings."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on distinct accessibility settings."
+msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
 msgstr "個々のアクセシビリティ設定を有効にするメニューになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Volume Control Icons"
 msgstr "音量コントロールアイコン"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The volume is set to high."
 msgstr "音量が大きく設定されています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The volume is set to medium."
 msgstr "音量が中間に設定されています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The volume is set to low."
 msgstr "音量が小さく設定されています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The volume is muted."
 msgstr "音量がミュートに設定されています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
 msgstr "Bluetooth マネージャーアイコン"
 
-msgid "Bluetooth is active."
-msgstr "Bluetooth が有効になっています。"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+msgstr "Bluetooth が無効になっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
 msgstr "Bluetooth が無効になっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Network Manager Icons"
 msgstr "Network Manager アイコン"
 
-msgid "<app>Cellular Connections</app>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<app>Cellular Connections</app>"
+msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
 msgstr "<app>セルラーによる接続</app>"
 
-msgid "Connected to 3G network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to 3G network."
+msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
 msgstr "3Gネットワークに接続しています。"
 
-msgid "Connected to 4G network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to 4G network."
+msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
 msgstr "4Gネットワークに接続しています。"
 
-msgid "Connected to EDGE network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to EDGE network."
+msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
 msgstr "EDGEネットワークに接続しています。"
 
-msgid "Connected to GPRS network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to GPRS network."
+msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
 msgstr "GPRSネットワークに接続しています。"
 
-msgid "Connected to UMTS network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to UMTS network."
+msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
 msgstr "UMTSネットワークに接続しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
 msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
 
-msgid "Acquiring cellular network connection."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Acquiring cellular network connection."
+msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
 msgstr "セルラーネットワーク接続を捕捉しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Very high signal strength."
 msgstr "信号強度がとても強くなっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "High signal strength."
 msgstr "信号強度が強くなっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Medium signal strength."
 msgstr "信号強度が中間になっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Low signal strength."
 msgstr "信号強度が弱くなっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
 msgstr "信号強度がとても弱くなっています。"
 
-msgid "<app>Local Area Network Connections</app>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<app>Local Area Network Connections</app>"
+msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
 msgstr "<app>ローカルエリアネットワーク接続</app>"
 
-msgid "There was an error in finding the network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "There was an error in finding the network."
+msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
 msgstr "ネットワークの検出でエラーが発生しました。"
 
-msgid "The network is idle."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The network is idle."
+msgid "The network is inactive."
 msgstr "ネットワークがアイドル状態になっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "There is no route found for the network."
 msgstr "ネットワークへのルートが見つかりません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The network is offline."
 msgstr "ネットワークがオフラインになっています。"
 
-msgid "The network is receiving."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The network is receiving."
+msgid "The network is receiving data."
 msgstr "ネットワークが受信中です。"
 
-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving."
+msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
 msgstr "ネットワークが送受信中です。"
 
-msgid "The network is transmitting."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The network is transmitting."
+msgid "The network is transmitting data."
 msgstr "ネットワークが送信中です。"
 
-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network Connection</app>"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network Connection</app>"
+msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
 msgstr "<app>VPN 接続</app>"
 
-msgid "Acquiring network connection."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Acquiring network connection."
+msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
 msgstr "ネットワーク接続を取得しています。"
 
-msgid "Connected to VPN network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to VPN network."
+msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
 msgstr "VPN ネットワークに接続しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
 msgstr "<app>有線接続</app>"
 
-msgid "Disconnected from network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disconnected from network."
+msgid "Disconnected from the network."
 msgstr "ネットワークから切断されました。"
 
-msgid "Connected to wired network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to wired network."
+msgid "Connected to a wired network."
 msgstr "有線ネットワークに接続しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
 msgstr "<app>無線接続</app>"
 
-msgid "Acquiring wireless connection."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Acquiring wireless connection."
+msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
 msgstr "無線接続を取得しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
 msgstr "無線ネットワークは暗号化されています。"
 
-msgid "Connected to wireless network."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to wireless network."
+msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
 msgstr "無線ネットワークに接続しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "Very low signal strength."
 msgstr "信号強度がとても弱くなっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Power Manager Icons"
 msgstr "電源管理アイコン"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is full."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルになっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is partially drained."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量が一部消耗しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is low."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量が少なくなっています。"
 
-msgid "Caution: Battery is very low."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Caution: Battery is very low."
+msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
 msgstr "警告:バッテリー残量がとても少なくなっています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is extremely low."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量が極端に少なくなっています。"
 
-msgid "The battery is missing."
-msgstr "バッテリー残量が検出されていません。"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The battery is full."
+msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルになっています。"
 
-msgid "The battery is full and charged."
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The battery is full and charged."
+msgid "The battery is fully charged."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルで充電が完了しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is full and charging."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルで充電しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量が一部フルで充電しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is low and charging."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量が少なく充電しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量がとても少なく充電しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
 msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
 msgstr "バッテリー残量が空で充電しています。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and 
dingbats."
 msgstr "外国語の文字や、数学記号、絵文字など、お使いのキーボードには無い文字を入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Enter special characters"
 msgstr "特殊な文字を入力する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those 
not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
 msgstr "世界中の膨大な文字は、お使いのキーボードには見つからないでしょうが、それらを入力したり表示したりできます。ここでは、特殊な文字を入力する様々な方法を紹介します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
 msgid "Methods to enter characters"
 msgstr "文字入力の方法"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Character map"
 msgstr "文字マップ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. 
Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
 msgstr "GNOME には、Unicode のすべての文字を参照できる文字マップツールが搭載されています。この文字マップを使って文字を探し、好きな箇所へコピー・アンド・ペーストできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. For more information on 
the character map, see the <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>文字マップ</app>を起動してください。文字マップの詳細については、<link 
href=\"help:gucharmap\">文字マップのマニュアル</link>を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Compose key"
 msgstr "Compose キー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special 
character. For example, to type the accented letter <em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then 
<key>'</key> then <key>e</key>."
 msgstr "Compose キーは特殊なキーで、これを使って複数キーを連続して押すことで特殊な文字を入力できます。たとえば、アクセント付きの <em>é</em> は、<key>Compose</key> 
キーを押し、次に <key>'</key> キー、その次に <key>e</key> キーを押して入力できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your 
keyboard as a compose key."
 msgstr "キーボードには、専用の Compose キーはありません。その代わり、既存のキーのどれかを Compose キーに割り当てることができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Define a compose key"
 msgstr "Compose キーの割り当て"
 
-msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui> をクリックします。"
-
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab and click <gui>Shortcut Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>入力ソース</gui>タブを選択し、<gui>オプション</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
 msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as a compose key. You can 
choose <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right 
<key>Win</key> or <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> key if you have one, or the menu key. 
Any key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as a compose key from the 
drop-down menu. You can choose either of the <key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right 
<key>Win</key> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any key you select will then only work as 
a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose."
 msgstr "<gui>Compose キーの位置</gui> と書かれた設定項目を探します。Compose キーに割り当てたいキーをひとつ、ないし複数選びます。<key>Caps Lock</key> 
キーや、<key>Alt</key> キー、Menu キー などから選択できます。選択したキーは、Compose キーとしてのみ動作し、元の機能は持ちません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
 msgstr "Compose キーを使って、よく使用される文字を入力できます。たとえば次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, 
such as <em>é</em>."
 msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>'</key> キー、そしてアキュートアクセントを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>é</em> のようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over 
that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
 msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>`</key> キー、そしてグレーブアクセントを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>è</em> のようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such 
as <em>ë</em>."
 msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>\"</key> キー、そしてウムラウトを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>ë</em> のようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as 
<em>ē</em>."
 msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>-</key> キー、そしてマクロンを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>ē</em> のようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "For more compose key sequences, see <link 
href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\";>the compose key page on 
Wikipedia</link>."
 msgstr "Compose キーを使ったその他の入力方法については、<link 
href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\";>Wikipedia の Compose キーのページ 
(英語)</link> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Code points"
 msgstr "コードポイント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the 
character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a 
character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the 
<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
 msgstr "任意の Unicode 文字は、その文字の数値表現のコードポイントをキーボードでタイプすることにより入力できます。文字は、4 桁のコードポイントで識別されます (訳注: 5 
桁以上のコードポイントを持つ文字も存在します)。コードポイントを調べるには、文字マップツールで文字を特定し、ステータスバーかあるいは<gui>文字の詳細</gui>タブを参照してください。コードポイントは、<gui>U+</gui>
 の後ろの 4 桁の文字列です。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type 
<key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If 
you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to 
memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
 msgstr "コードポイントを使って文字を入力するには、<key>Ctrl</key> および <key>Shift</key> を押しながら、<key>u</key> 
キーを押し、続いて対象のコードポイントをタイプし、その後 <key>Ctrl</key> と <key>Shift</key> 
を離します。他の方法では簡単に入力できない文字をよく使用するのであれば、その文字のコードポイントを記憶し、すぐに入力できるようにしておくと良いでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Keyboard layouts"
 msgstr "キーボードレイアウト"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters 
printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top 
bar. To learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
 msgstr "お使いのキーボードを、キーの印字に関係なく、異なる言語用のキーボードとして使用できます。キーボードレイアウトは、トップバーのアイコンから簡単に切り替えることができます。方法については、<link 
xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Input methods"
 msgstr "インプットメソッド"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard 
but any input devices also. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or 
enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
 msgstr 
"インプットメソッドは、前記の方法を拡張し、キーボードだけでなく、他の入力デバイスでも文字入力できるようになります。たとえば、マウスのジェスチャー操作で文字入力が可能だったり、あるいはラテン文字用キーボードで日本語の文字の入力が可能だったりします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu <gui>Input Method</gui>, 
choose an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input 
methods documentation to see how to use them."
 msgstr "インプットメソッドを選択するには、テキストウィジェットの上で右クリックし、<gui>入力メソッド</gui> 
メニューから使用するインプットメソッドを選択します。既定のインプットメソッドは決められていません、インプットメソッドのドキュメントを参照し、使用方法を確認してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle 
click shortcuts</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">特殊文字</link>、<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">中クリックのショートカット</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
 msgstr "ヒントとコツ"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
 msgstr "ヘルプトピックの翻訳への協力方法。"
 
-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
-msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
-
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Participate to improve translations"
 msgstr "翻訳改善への参加"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate."
 msgstr "GNOME ヘルプは、世界中のボランティアコミュニティによって翻訳されています。お気軽にご参加ください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many languages</link> for 
which translations are still needed."
 msgstr "まだ、翻訳を必要とする<link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>多くの言語</link>があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org\";>create an account</link> 
and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\";>translation team</link> for your language. This will 
give you the ability to upload new translations."
 msgstr "翻訳を始めるには、<link href=\"http:l10n.gnome.org\">アカウントを作成</link>し、あなたの言語の<link 
href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\";>翻訳チーム</link>に参加する必要があります。これにより、新しい翻訳をアップロードすることができるようになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link 
href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\";>irc</link>. People on the 
channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences."
 msgstr "<link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\";>IRC</link> 
を使って、GNOME の翻訳者たちとチャットできます。チャンネル上の人々は世界各地に住んでいます。したがって、タイムゾーンの違いにより、ただちに返事を得られないこともあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link 
href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\";>mailing list</link>."
 msgstr "あるいは、<link 
href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\";>メーリングリスト</link>を使って、国際化チームに連絡することもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Users"
 msgstr "ユーザー"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"user-add\">ユーザーの追加</link> または <link xref=\"user-addguest\">ゲストユーザーの追加</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-changepassword\">パスワードの変更</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">管理者</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "User accounts"
 msgstr "ユーザーアカウント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep 
their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access 
a different user account if you know the password."
 msgstr 
"コンピューターを使う各ユーザーは、個別のユーザーアカウントを使用すると良いでしょう。各ユーザーは、自身のファイルをあなたのファイルとは区別することができますし、個別の設定ができるようになります。また、より安全でもあります。他のユーザーアカウントのパスワードを知っている場合にしか、そのユーザーアカウントを操作できません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Accounts"
 msgstr "アカウント"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Manage user accounts"
 msgstr "ユーザーアカウントの管理"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Passwords"
 msgstr "パスワード"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Privileges"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "User privileges"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
 msgstr "新しいユーザーアカウントを追加して、他の人がコンピューターにログインできるようにする。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Add a new user account"
 msgstr "新しいユーザーアカウントを追加する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your 
household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
 msgstr "お使いのコンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。自宅や会社の各人にそれぞれアカウントを登録します。各ユーザーは、自分自身のフォルダー、ドキュメントおよび設定を持ちます。"
 
-msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>を開きます。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts. 
Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as 
prompted."
 msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、<link 
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要です。ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードあるいは管理者のパスワードを尋ねられたら入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add a new user account."
+#| msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."
+msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to add a new user 
account."
 msgstr "ウィンドウ左のアカウント一覧で、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、 新しいユーザーアカウントを追加します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to 
the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and 
delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
 msgstr "新しいユーザーに、お使いのコンピューターの<link 
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>を与える場合は、アカウントの種類で<gui>管理者</gui>を選択します。管理者は、ユーザーの追加や削除、ソフトウェアやドライバーのインストール、日付や時刻の変更などができます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. 
The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like."
 msgstr "ユーザーのフルネームを入力します。ユーザー名は、フルネームに基づいて自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。"
 
-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックします。"
 
-msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under 
<gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a 
password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the 
<gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under 
<gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a 
password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the 
<gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Select the 
new account from the list. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to 
<gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have 
the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link 
xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
 msgstr 
"ユーザーのパスワードの扱いをどうするか選択するまでは、アカウントは初期状態で無効になっています。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>いまパスワードを設定する</gui>を選択し、ユーザーに<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄および<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>欄にパスワードを入力してもらいます。<link
 xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/> を参照してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly 
generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so 
be careful."
 msgstr 
"あるいは、<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄の横のボタンをクリックして、ランダムに生成された安全なパスワードを選択することもできます。このパスワードは、他の人が推測するのは困難ですが、ユーザー自身が思い出すのも難しいでしょう。扱いにはご注意ください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right 
to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock 
photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
 msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウでは、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。GNOME 
ではストック写真を提供しており、それを使用することができます。あるいは、ご自身の画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."
 msgstr "パスワードなしで、お使いのコンピューターをゲストが一時的に使用するのを許可します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Add a guest user account"
 msgstr "ゲストユーザーアカウントを追加する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary 
basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access 
your files, change your settings, or install software."
 msgstr 
"ゲスト、すなわち短い間、一時的にしかコンピューターを使わない人たち用のユーザーアカウントを作成できます。ゲストユーザーは、コンピューターのプログラムを使用できますが、あなたのファイルにアクセスしたり、あなたの設定を変更したり、ソフトウェアをインストールしたりなどができません。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
 msgid "Create a guest user account:"
 msgstr "ゲストユーザーのアカウントを作成する方法は次のとおりです。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User 
Accounts</gui> window."
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>Users</gui> 
window."
+msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be 
an administrative user to add user accounts."
 msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、管理者である必要があります。"
 
-msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."
-msgstr "ウィンドウ左のアカウント一覧で、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、 新しいユーザーアカウントを追加します。"
-
-msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account 
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The 
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can 
change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account 
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The 
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can 
change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account 
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The 
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can 
change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
 msgstr 
"アカウントの種類には、<gui>標準</gui>を選択します。ゲストアカウントに管理者権限を与えないようにしてください。アカウントの名前を<em>ゲスト</em>などとします。他のお好みの名前でもかまいません。入力したフルネーム欄の情報に基づいて、ユーザー名が自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。入力が済めば、<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
 
-msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label 
<gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password 
options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label 
<gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password 
options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+msgid "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label <gui>Account 
disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From 
the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
 msgstr 
"新しいゲストユーザーアカウントが選択されます。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。パスワードオプションのウィンドウが表示されます。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>パスワードなしでログインする</gui>を選択し、"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the 
right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some 
stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
 msgstr 
"<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウに戻ると、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。あるいは、あなたの画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative 
privileges."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the 
system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping 
your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin 
privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
 msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and select 
<gui>Administrator</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user 
account that was created when you first installed the system."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed 
by the system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they 
can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also 
modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to 
change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use 
these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges 
to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. 
For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for 
your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin 
privileges will be taken away again."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin 
privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user 
accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin 
privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like 
delete a needed system file, for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but 
prevent you from doing it accidentally."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
 msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because that 
user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and 
<cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because 
it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run 
an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when 
you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from 
messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing 
applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative 
privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different 
disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Installing new applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+msgid "Log in automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start 
up your computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>スクリーンショット</app>を開きます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
+msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から、<app>ファイル</app>を開きます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+msgid "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+msgstr "左側の一覧から変更するアカウントを選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option 
enabled, you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone 
else starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your 
files and browser history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system 
administrator who can change this setting for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
 msgstr "アカウント設定でパスワードを定期的に変更して、アカウントを安全に保ちます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change your password"
 msgstr "パスワードの変更"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else 
knows what your password is."
 msgstr "パスワードをときどき変更することはよい考えです。特にあなたのパスワードが他人に知られてしまった疑いがある場合は、パスワードを変更するとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>パスワード</gui>の隣のラベルをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
 msgstr "すでにパスワードを設定している場合、このラベルは●や■などの並びとして表示されます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Confirm 
password</gui> field."
 msgstr "現在のパスワード、次に新しいパスワードを入力します。<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを再び入力します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep 
your user account safe."
 msgstr "<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">良いパスワードを選択</link>していることを確認してください。ユーザーアカウントを安全に保つのに役立ちます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Change the keyring password"
 msgstr "キーリングパスワードの変更"
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>. The 
keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> 
password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain 
the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):"
 msgstr 
"ログインパスワードを変更した場合、<em>キーリングパスワード</em>とズレが生じます。キーリングは、ちょうど一つの<em>マスター</em>パスワードを要求することにより、多くの異なるパスワードを記憶しなければならないことからあなたを守ります。ユーザーパスワードを変更した場合(上記を参照)、キーリングパスワードは古いユーザーパスワードと同一のままになります。キーリングパスワードを変更する方法を示します(ログインパスワードと一致させる方法)。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>パスワードと鍵</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
 
-msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
+msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and select <gui>Show any</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>表示</gui>メニューの <gui>By keyring</gui> に確実にチェックを入れます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login keyring</gui> and select 
<gui>Change Password</gui>."
 msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>パスワード</gui>の下にある<gui>ログインキーリング</gui>を右クリックし、<gui>パスワードの変更</gui>を選択します。"
 
-msgid "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> 
your new password by entering it again."
-msgstr "<gui>古いパスワード</gui>を入力後、新しい<gui>パスワード</gui>および<gui>確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを入力します。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the 
<gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+msgid "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new password and <gui>Type 
again</gui> to confirm it."
+msgstr "現在のパスワード、次に新しいパスワードを入力します。<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを再び入力します。"
 
-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>OK</gui> をクリックします。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use <app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
 msgstr "<app>パスワードと鍵</app>を使用するためには、<sys>seahorse</sys> パッケージがインストールされている必要があります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
 msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
 msgstr "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse をインストール</link>"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
 msgstr "ログイン画面およびユーザー画面に写真を追加します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Change your login screen photo"
 msgstr "ログイン画面の写真を変更する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change 
your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
 msgstr "ログインやユーザー切り替え時に、ログイン写真付きのユーザーリストが表示されます。あなたの写真をストック画像やあなた自身の画像に変更できます。ウェブカメラで新しいログイン写真を撮ることもできます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. 
If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
 msgstr "あなたの名前の横の画像をクリックします。ログイン写真用のストック画像の一覧が表示されます。お好みのものがあれば、それをクリックしてあなた用の画像として使用してください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more 
pictures</gui>."
 msgstr "お使いのコンピューターに保存してある画像を使用する場合は、<gui>他の画像も参照</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>. 
Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't 
like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
 msgstr 
"ウェブカメラがあれば、<gui>写真を撮る</gui>をクリックして、新しいログイン写真をその場で撮ることができます。四角の選択領域を移動、サイズ変更し、不要な部分を切り取ります。撮った写真が気に入らない場合は、<gui>写真を破棄する</gui>をクリックして撮り直すか、<gui>キャンセル</gui>をクリックして撮るのを止めます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
 msgstr "もうコンピューターを使わないユーザーを削除します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Delete a user account"
 msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを削除する"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If 
somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
 msgstr "コンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。追加方法については、<link xref=\"user-add\"/> 
を参照してください。もうコンピューターを使わなくなった人がいれば、そのユーザーのアカウントを削除できます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be 
an administrative user to delete user accounts."
 msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを削除するには、管理者である必要があります。"
 
-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
+msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> button."
 msgstr "削除するユーザーを選択し、<gui>-</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete 
the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need 
to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up 
the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
 msgstr 
"各ユーザーは、自分用のフォルダーにファイルや設定を保存しています。ユーザーのホームフォルダーを残すか、それとも削除するか、選択できます。もうファイルを使うことがないことがわかっており、ディスク領域を解放する必要がある場合は、<gui>ファイルを削除</gui>をクリックします。ファイルは完全に削除されます。復旧できません。削除する前に、外付けドライブや
 CD にバックアップを取っておくとよいでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
 msgstr "長く複雑なパスワードを使用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Choose a secure password"
 msgstr "安全なパスワードの選択"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including 
computer programs) to guess."
 msgstr "パスワードは、記憶するのが充分に容易でありながら、(コンピュータープログラムも含め)他人が推測するのは困難なものにしましょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, 
someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
 msgstr 
"良いパスワードを選択すれば、お使いのコンピューターをより安全に保つことができます。もし、あなたのパスワードが容易に推測できるものであれば、第三者がパスワードを解析し、あなたの個人情報へのアクセス権を取得する恐れがあります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would 
be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips 
for choosing a good password:"
 msgstr 
"コンピューターを使って、あなたのパスワードの推測が系統的に試みられることもあります。人間には推測が困難なパスワードであってもコンピュータープログラムなら、いとも簡単に解析できる場合があるためです。良いパスワードを選択するためのポイントを説明します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This 
makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible 
passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
 msgstr 
"パスワードに大文字、小文字、数字、記号および空白を混在させたものを使用します。これにより、推測するのをより困難になります。選択したパスワードに多くの記号があることは、パスワードを推測するにあたり、より多くのパスワードを検査しなければならないということを意味します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you 
can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A 
Romance of Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
 msgstr "パスワードを選択する良い方法は、記憶することのできるフレーズの各単語の頭文字を使用することです。そのフレーズは、映画や、書籍、歌、アルバムの名前がありえます。たとえば、「Flatland: A 
Romance of Many Dimensions」 であれば、「F:ARoMD」や「faromd」あるいは「f: aromd」などになります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take 
for a person or computer to guess it."
 msgstr "パスワードは可能なかぎり長くします。使用する文字が多くなるほど、人やコンピューターがパスワードを推測するのにかかる時間が長くなります。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try 
these first. The most common password is \"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
 msgstr 
"言語を問わず、一般的な辞書に載っている語句は使用しないでください。パスワードクラッカーは、最初にこれらを試します。もっともよく使われているパスワードは「password」です。このようなパスワードは、すぐに特定されてしまいます!"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's 
name."
 msgstr "何かの日付、車のナンバー、あるいは家族の名前などの自分にかかわる情報を使用しないでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Do not use any nouns."
 msgstr "名詞を使用しないでください。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make 
out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
 msgstr "すばやく入力できるパスワードを選択して、思わぬところで誰かに見られている場合でも入力内容を読み取りにくくします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
 msgstr "パスワードはどこにも書き留めないでください。それらは、簡単に見つかってしまいます!"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
 msgstr "対象ごとに、別のパスワードを使用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
 msgstr "異なるアカウントには、別のパスワードを使用します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access 
all of your accounts immediately."
 msgstr "もし、すべてのアカウントに同じパスワードを使用すれば、パスワードを特定した人間が、ただちにすべてのアカウントにアクセスできてしまいます。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different 
passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), 
and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
 msgstr "しかしながら、多くのパスワードを記憶することは難しいかもしれません。すべてにおいて異なるパスワードを使用することほど安全ではありませんが、(ウェブサイトなど) 
重要でないものには同じパスワードを使用し、(オンラインバンキングやメールなど) 重要なパスワードには異なるパスワードを使用するとより扱いやすくなるでしょう。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
 msgstr "定期的にパスワードを変更します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD 
<em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of 
software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find 
the right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the codecs manually - 
ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution's support forums. You'll probably need 
to install the packages <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, 
but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You 
can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link 
href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\";>Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and 
should be legal to use in all countries."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 msgid "Checking the DVD region"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be 
played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to 
play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be 
allowed to play DVDs from North America."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
 msgid "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few 
times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, 
use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\";>regionset</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may 
find that they have problems playing the video."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> 
installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the 
screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You 
can check which format your video is by doing:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
 msgstr "トップパネルのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under 
<gui>Video</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it 
helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For 
example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to 
try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media player\". You will often be able to download the right 
codec for free if it's not installed."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\";>VLC media 
player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video 
formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do 
this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to 
see what's available."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could 
have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could 
have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there 
could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
 msgstr "左手でマウスを使う"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position 
these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
 msgid "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or <gui>Touchpad 
(relative)</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left 
corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different 
position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover 
distances on the screen with less hand movement."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Choose a monitor"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
 msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
-
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 msgid "Configure the stylus"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device 
name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how physical pressure is 
translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu 
next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button 
Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
 msgid "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between <gui>Soft</gui> and 
<gui>Firm</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 msgid "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will 
be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-stylus\">Configure the 
stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use the tablet left handed</link>…"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link 
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
 msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
 
-msgid "The Super key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key 
on your keyboard."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
+#~ msgstr "Facebook や Google などのオンラインサービスにアクセスします。"
 
-msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "ファイルを右クリックして、<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。"
 
-msgid "When you press the <em>Super</em> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be 
found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares 
icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
+#~ msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
 
-msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> 
(Command) key can be used instead."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
+#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
 
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
-msgstr "メッセージトレイは、アクティビティ画面に常に表示されています。"
+#~ msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
+#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
 
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+#~ msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
+#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
 
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
+#~ msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
+#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
 
-msgid "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the activities overview</gui> 
on the right."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>をクリックする。"
 
-msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
-msgstr "さらに右側の現在のショートカット定義をクリックします。"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> を押します。"
 
-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開きます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</link> 
overview to open the <gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+#~ msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Share and transfer files"
+#~ msgstr "ファイルの共有と転送"
+
+#~ msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or <link 
xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly from the file manager."
+#~ msgstr "直接ファイルマネージャーから、相手先とのファイルの共有や、外部デバイスやネットワーク上の共有ディスクへの転送を簡単に行うことができます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "ファイルを右クリックし、<gui>送る</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click 
<gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more information."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>送る</gui>ウィンドウが表示されます。ファイルの送信先を指定し、<gui>送信</gui>をクリックします。詳細については、以下の宛先一覧を参照してください。"
+
+#~ msgid "Destinations"
+#~ msgstr "宛先"
+
+#~ msgid "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email address."
+#~ msgstr "ファイルを E-メールで送信するには、<gui>E-メール</gui>を選択して受信者のメールアドレスを入力します。"
+
+#~ msgid "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant Message</gui>, then select 
contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+#~ msgstr 
"インスタントメッセージでファイルを送信するには、<gui>インスタントメッセージ</gui>を選択します。それから、ドロップダウンリストから相手先を選択します。この機能を利用するには、インスタントメッセンジャーの起動が必要になることもあります。"
+
+#~ msgid "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See <link 
xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
+#~ msgstr "CD や DVD にファイルを書き込むには、<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui> を選択します。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> 
を参照してください。"
+
+#~ msgid "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> and select the 
device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See <link 
xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
+#~ msgstr "Bluetooth デバイスへファイルを転送するには、<gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> 
を選択して転送先のデバイスを選択します。ペアリング済みのデバイスだけが表示されます。詳細については、<link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> を参照してください。"
+
+#~ msgid "To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've 
connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</gui>, then select the device or server where you want 
to copy the file."
+#~ msgstr "ファイルを USB 
フラッシュドライブなどの外付けデバイスへコピーしたり、あるいは接続したサーバーへアップロードしたりするには、<gui>リムーバブル・ディスクと共有</gui>を選択し、転送先のデバイスやサーバーを選択します。"
+
+#~ msgctxt "link"
+#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+#~ msgstr "デスクトップヘルプ"
+
+#~ msgctxt "text"
+#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+#~ msgstr "デスクトップヘルプ"
+
+#~ msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
+#~ msgstr "お使いのキーボードを、異なる言語用のキーボードとして使用します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>入力ソース</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the keyboard layout icon 
on the top bar. The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for 
the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
+#~ msgstr 
"複数のレイアウトを追加した場合は、トップバーのキーボードレイアウトのアイコンからレイアウトをすばやく切り替えられます。トップバーには、現在のレイアウトを示す簡単なインジケーターが表示され、たとえば標準的な英語レイアウトの場合、<gui>en</gui>
 と表示されます。レイアウトインジケーターをクリックし、使用するレイアウトをメニューから選択してください。"
+
+#~ msgid "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can instead choose to have them 
use the layout of the window you were last using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. 
Use the <gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the list."
+#~ msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、新しいウィンドウにはデフォルトのキーボードレイアウトが適用されます。あるいは、直前に使用したウィンドウと同じレイアウトを新しいウィンドウに適用することも可能です。デフォルトのレイアウトは、レイアウト一覧の最上部にあるものです。<gui>↑</gui>
 および <gui>↓</gui> ボタンを使って、レイアウトの位置を上下できます。"
+
+#~ msgid "You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected keyboard layouts. 
Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group <gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more 
keyboard shortcuts to change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold down a key, 
rather than change the layout when you press the key."
+#~ msgstr "また、選択したキーボードレイアウトをすばやく切り替えるためのキーボードショートカットを設定できます。<gui>オプション</gui> 
をクリックし、<gui>配列を変更する時に使用するキー</gui> 
のオプションを探します。レイアウトを変更するキーボードショートカットをひとつあるいは複数選択します。オプションによっては、キーを押してレイアウトを切り替えるというよりも、キーを押したままにしている間だけレイアウトを変えるものもあります."
+
+#~ msgid "Custom options"
+#~ msgstr "カスタムオプション"
+
+#~ msgid "You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option and behaviors. You 
can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "特定のキーにいくつかのシンボルを追加したり、カスタムオプションや振る舞いを調節すると良いでしょう。この設定は、<gui>オプション</gui>をクリックして行えます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+#~ msgstr "システムキーボードを変更する"
+
+#~ msgid "When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account after you log in. You 
can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
+#~ msgstr 
"キーボードレイアウトを変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムレイアウト</em>、つまりログイン画面などの場所で使用するキーボードレイアウトを変更することもできます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+#~ msgstr "先に説明した手順で、キーボードレイアウトを変更します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>システム</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>設定のコピー</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
+#~ msgstr "レイアウトは、<gui>入力源</gui>ラベルの隣に表示されます。"
+
+#~ msgid "If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard layout menu on the top 
bar."
+#~ msgstr "複数のレイアウトを使用している場合は、ログイン画面では、キーボードレイアウトのメニューはトップバーに表示されます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>無効</key></keyseq>"
+
+#~ msgid "Language &amp; region"
+#~ msgstr "言語と地域"
+
+#~ msgid "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, <gui>View executable 
text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window 
will appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+#~ msgstr 
"<gui>開いたら実行可能なテキストファイルを実行する</gui>、<gui>開いたら実行可能なテキストファイルの中身を表示する</gui>、あるいは<gui>毎回確認する</gui>のいずれかを選択できます。最後のオプションを有効にすれば、選択したテキストファイルを実行するか、中身を表示するかを確認するウィンドウが表示されます。"
+
+#~ msgid "File manager views preferences"
+#~ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの表示設定"
+
+#~ msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for each folder as you 
browse by clicking the list button or the icons button in the toolbar. If you often use the list view, you 
can set it here as the default."
+#~ msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、新しいフォルダーはアイコン表示になります。ツールバーの一覧ボタンとアイコンボタンをクリックして、閲覧対象の各フォルダーの表示形式を選択できます。一覧表示をよく使用するのであれば、一覧表示をデフォルトに設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
+
+#~ msgid "By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and files will each be 
arranged according to the selected sort order. If you would rather not treat folders specially and have them 
mixed with files according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+#~ msgstr 
"デフォルトでは、すべてのフォルダーはファイルより前に表示されます。フォルダーとファイルは、せんたくした並び順にもとづいてそれぞれ配置されます。フォルダーを特別扱いせずに、ファイルと混ぜて配置する場合は、このオプションを無効にしてください。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See <link 
xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show hidden files in an individual window by 
selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu in the toolbar. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or 
want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this option."
+#~ msgstr "デフォルトでは、隠しファイルや隠しフォルダーは表示されません。隠しファイルの詳細については、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> 
を参照してください。ツールバーの下矢印メニューから<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui>を選択して、個別のウィンドウごとに隠しファイルを表示できます。常に隠しファイルを表示したい場合や、ファイルマネージャーのどのウィンドウでも隠しファイルを表示したい場合は、このオプションを有効にしてください。"
+
+#~ msgid "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your name in the top bar 
and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
+#~ msgstr "この変更を有効にするには、ログアウトし、再ログインしてください。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択し、ログアウトします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Change the system formats"
+#~ msgstr "システムのフォーマットを変更する"
+
+#~ msgid "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You 
can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the formats used in places like the login screen."
+#~ msgstr 
"フォーマットの地域を変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムのフォーマット</em>、つまりログイン画面などで使用するフォーマットを変更することもできます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+#~ msgstr "先に説明した手順で、フォーマットを変更します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+#~ msgstr "先に説明した手順で、言語を変更します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>ディスクに書き込む</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします。</link>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click the grid button in the dash and open <app>Desktop 
Sharing</app>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to see a list of the applications you can run. You 
can filter them by type using the categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top. Click 
the application's icon to start it."
+#~ msgstr 
"画面上部の<gui>アプリケーション</gui>という見出しをクリックすると、実行可能なアプリケーションの一覧が表示されます。右部のカテゴリーを利用して種類ごとにフィルタリングしたり、右上の検索バーを使ってアプリケーションを検索したりできます。アプリケーションのアイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
+
+#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> および 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview."
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
+#~ msgstr "アクティビティ画面でワークスペースセレクターを使う"
+
+#~ msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows 
on that workspace. Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面右側の<link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>の中にあるワークスペースをクリックすると、そのワークスペースで開いているウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。いずれかのウィンドウのサムネイルをクリックすると、そのワークスペースに切り替わります。"
+
+#~ msgid "Bluetooth is active."
+#~ msgstr "Bluetooth が有効になっています。"
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is missing."
+#~ msgstr "バッテリー残量が検出されていません。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>を開きます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add a new user account."
+#~ msgstr "ウィンドウ左のアカウント一覧で、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、 新しいユーザーアカウントを追加します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</gui>, and 
<gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>古いパスワード</gui>を入力後、新しい<gui>パスワード</gui>および<gui>確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを入力します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>OK</gui> をクリックします。"
 
 #~ msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
 #~ msgstr "<gui>メニューバー</gui>の右端のアイコンをクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
@@ -10286,9 +14904,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #~ msgid "Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a value you find 
comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the titlebar to test the current value."
 #~ msgstr 
"<gui>ドラッグアンドドロップ</gui>の、<gui>しきい値</gui>のスライダーを最適な設定値がみつかるまで調節してください。現在の値の動作を確認するには、設定ウィンドウのタイトルバーをドラッグしてみてください。"
 
-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
-#~ msgstr "<gui>左利き</gui>を選択します"
-
 #~ msgid "Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your mouse."
 #~ msgstr "感度は、マウスを動かすときに、ポインターがはじめにどの程度動くのかを制御します。"
 
@@ -10318,19 +14933,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #~ msgstr "あなた、およびお使いのコンピューターについて"
 
 #, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar"
-#~ msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
-
-#, fuzzy
 #~| msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
 #~ msgid "Click <gui>Power Off</gui>"
 #~ msgstr "<gui>OK</gui> をクリックします。"
 
 #, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to confirm."
-#~ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
-
-#, fuzzy
 #~ msgid "Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 #~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
 
@@ -10474,12 +15081,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
 #~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
 
-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
-
-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
-
 #~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
 #~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
 
@@ -10502,10 +15103,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Right</key></keyseq> (Super とは Windows キーのことです。)"
 
 #, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Power</gui>."
-#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
-
-#, fuzzy
 #~ msgid "Change the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> option to <gui>Hibernate</gui>."
 #~ msgstr "トップパネルのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
 
@@ -10538,10 +15135,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #~ msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."
 #~ msgstr "お望みなら、ファイルの<link xref=\"files-rename\">名前を変更</link>できます。"
 
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Power</gui> tab"
-#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
-
 #~ msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
 #~ msgstr "サイズを元に戻す、変更する、配置する、最小化する"
 
@@ -10706,9 +15299,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #~ msgid "Press <key>Alt</key> +click+hold+drag anywhere in a window. This will allow you to move the 
window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application."
 #~ msgstr "<key>Alt</key> 
キーを押しながら、ウィンドウの任意の箇所をドラッグすると、ウィンドウを動かすことができます。アプリケーションのタイトルバーをクリックするよりも、こちらの方が簡単だと感じるユーザーもいます。"
 
-#~ msgid "You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, and press <key>x</key>."
-#~ msgstr "キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化することもできます。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> 
を押してウィンドウメニューを開き、<key>x</key> を押してください。"
-
 #, fuzzy
 #~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and go to the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
 #~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
@@ -10735,9 +15325,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #~ msgid "To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the 
trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. 
Alternatively, you can permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash from the 
sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete permanently and press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete 
Permanently</gui>."
 #~ msgstr 
"ファイルを完全に削除し、コンピューターのディスクスペースを解放するには、ゴミ箱を空にします。ゴミ箱を空にするには、サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>を右クリックし、gui<>ゴミ箱を空にする</gui>を選んでください。別の方法として、サイドバーまたは<gui>移動</gui>メニューからゴミ箱に移動し、ゴミ箱にある個々のアイテムを完全に削除することもできます。削除するファイルを選び、キーボードで
 <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> を押すか、または右クリックして<gui>完全に削除する</gui>を選んでください。"
 
-#~ msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
-#~ msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更することができます。"
-
 #~ msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. Use a 
shorter name."
 #~ msgstr "ファイルシステムによっては、ファイル名に 255 文字しか使用できないことがあります。短めの名前を使用してください。"
 



[Date Prev][Date Next]   [Thread Prev][Thread Next]   [Thread Index] [Date Index] [Author Index]